OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/open8_urisc/open8_urisc/trunk

Subversion Repositories open8_urisc

[/] [open8_urisc/] [trunk/] [gnu/] [binutils/] [bfd/] [elf32-ppc.c] - Blame information for rev 85

Go to most recent revision | Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 14 khays
/* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2
   Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
3
   2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
4
   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
   Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
6
 
7
   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8
 
9
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12
   (at your option) any later version.
13
 
14
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
17
   GNU General Public License for more details.
18
 
19
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20
   along with this program; if not, write to the
21
   Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
22
   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
23
 
24
 
25
/* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI.  The
26
   information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI.  It includes
27
   suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
28
   information may also not match.  */
29
 
30
#include "sysdep.h"
31
#include <stdarg.h>
32
#include "bfd.h"
33
#include "bfdlink.h"
34
#include "libbfd.h"
35
#include "elf-bfd.h"
36
#include "elf/ppc.h"
37
#include "elf32-ppc.h"
38
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
39
 
40
/* RELA relocations are used here.  */
41
 
42
static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
43
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
44
static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
45
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
46
 
47
/* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs.  */
48
#define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
49
/* Mask to set RA in memory instructions.  */
50
#define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
51
/* Value to shift register by to insert RA.  */
52
#define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
53
 
54
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
55
   section.  */
56
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
57
 
58
/* For old-style PLT.  */
59
/* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots).  */
60
#define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
61
 
62
/* For new-style .glink and .plt.  */
63
#define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
64
#define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE 4*4
65
#define TLS_GET_ADDR_GLINK_SIZE 12*4
66
 
67
/* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker.  */
68
 
69
/* The standard VxWorks PLT entry.  */
70
#define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
71
static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
72
    [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
73
  {
74
    0x3d800000, /* lis     r12,0                 */
75
    0x818c0000, /* lwz     r12,0(r12)            */
76
    0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr   r12                   */
77
    0x4e800420, /* bctr                          */
78
    0x39600000, /* li      r11,0                 */
79
    0x48000000, /* b       14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
80
    0x60000000, /* nop                           */
81
    0x60000000, /* nop                           */
82
  };
83
static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
84
    [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
85
  {
86
    0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
87
    0x818c0000, /* lwz   r12,0(r12) */
88
    0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
89
    0x4e800420, /* bctr */
90
    0x39600000, /* li    r11,0 */
91
    0x48000000, /* b     14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
92
    0x60000000, /* nop */
93
    0x60000000, /* nop */
94
  };
95
 
96
/* The initial VxWorks PLT entry.  */
97
#define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
98
static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
99
    [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
100
  {
101
    0x3d800000, /* lis     r12,0        */
102
    0x398c0000, /* addi    r12,r12,0    */
103
    0x800c0008, /* lwz     r0,8(r12)    */
104
    0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr   r0           */
105
    0x818c0004, /* lwz     r12,4(r12)   */
106
    0x4e800420, /* bctr                 */
107
    0x60000000, /* nop                  */
108
    0x60000000, /* nop                  */
109
  };
110
static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
111
    [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
112
  {
113
    0x819e0008, /* lwz   r12,8(r30) */
114
    0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12        */
115
    0x819e0004, /* lwz   r12,4(r30) */
116
    0x4e800420, /* bctr             */
117
    0x60000000, /* nop              */
118
    0x60000000, /* nop              */
119
    0x60000000, /* nop              */
120
    0x60000000, /* nop              */
121
  };
122
 
123
/* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
124
   .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader.  */
125
 
126
/* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
127
#define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
128
/* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
129
#define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
130
/* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when when creating
131
   a shared library. */
132
#define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
133
 
134
/* Some instructions.  */
135
#define ADDIS_11_11     0x3d6b0000
136
#define ADDIS_11_30     0x3d7e0000
137
#define ADDIS_12_12     0x3d8c0000
138
#define ADDI_11_11      0x396b0000
139
#define ADD_0_11_11     0x7c0b5a14
140
#define ADD_3_12_2      0x7c6c1214
141
#define ADD_11_0_11     0x7d605a14
142
#define B               0x48000000
143
#define BCL_20_31       0x429f0005
144
#define BCTR            0x4e800420
145
#define BEQLR           0x4d820020
146
#define CMPWI_11_0      0x2c0b0000
147
#define LIS_11          0x3d600000
148
#define LIS_12          0x3d800000
149
#define LWZU_0_12       0x840c0000
150
#define LWZ_0_12        0x800c0000
151
#define LWZ_11_3        0x81630000
152
#define LWZ_11_11       0x816b0000
153
#define LWZ_11_30       0x817e0000
154
#define LWZ_12_3        0x81830000
155
#define LWZ_12_12       0x818c0000
156
#define MR_0_3          0x7c601b78
157
#define MR_3_0          0x7c030378
158
#define MFLR_0          0x7c0802a6
159
#define MFLR_12         0x7d8802a6
160
#define MTCTR_0         0x7c0903a6
161
#define MTCTR_11        0x7d6903a6
162
#define MTLR_0          0x7c0803a6
163
#define NOP             0x60000000
164
#define SUB_11_11_12    0x7d6c5850
165
 
166
/* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block.  */
167
#define TP_OFFSET       0x7000
168
#define DTP_OFFSET      0x8000
169
 
170
/* The value of a defined global symbol.  */
171
#define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
172
  ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma       \
173
   + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset           \
174
   + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
175
 
176
static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
177
 
178
static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
179
  /* This reloc does nothing.  */
180
  HOWTO (R_PPC_NONE,            /* type */
181
         0,                      /* rightshift */
182
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
183
         32,                    /* bitsize */
184
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
185
         0,                      /* bitpos */
186
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
187
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
188
         "R_PPC_NONE",          /* name */
189
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
190
         0,                      /* src_mask */
191
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
192
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
193
 
194
  /* A standard 32 bit relocation.  */
195
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR32,          /* type */
196
         0,                      /* rightshift */
197
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
198
         32,                    /* bitsize */
199
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
200
         0,                      /* bitpos */
201
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
202
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
203
         "R_PPC_ADDR32",        /* name */
204
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
205
         0,                      /* src_mask */
206
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
207
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
208
 
209
  /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
210
     FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them.  */
211
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR24,          /* type */
212
         0,                      /* rightshift */
213
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
214
         26,                    /* bitsize */
215
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
216
         0,                      /* bitpos */
217
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
218
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
219
         "R_PPC_ADDR24",        /* name */
220
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
221
         0,                      /* src_mask */
222
         0x3fffffc,             /* dst_mask */
223
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
224
 
225
  /* A standard 16 bit relocation.  */
226
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR16,          /* type */
227
         0,                      /* rightshift */
228
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
229
         16,                    /* bitsize */
230
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
231
         0,                      /* bitpos */
232
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
233
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
234
         "R_PPC_ADDR16",        /* name */
235
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
236
         0,                      /* src_mask */
237
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
238
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
239
 
240
  /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow.  */
241
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO,       /* type */
242
         0,                      /* rightshift */
243
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
244
         16,                    /* bitsize */
245
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
246
         0,                      /* bitpos */
247
         complain_overflow_dont,/* complain_on_overflow */
248
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
249
         "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO",     /* name */
250
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
251
         0,                      /* src_mask */
252
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
253
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
254
 
255
  /* The high order 16 bits of an address.  */
256
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI,       /* type */
257
         16,                    /* rightshift */
258
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
259
         16,                    /* bitsize */
260
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
261
         0,                      /* bitpos */
262
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
263
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
264
         "R_PPC_ADDR16_HI",     /* name */
265
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
266
         0,                      /* src_mask */
267
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
268
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
269
 
270
  /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
271
     the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative.  */
272
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA,       /* type */
273
         16,                    /* rightshift */
274
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
275
         16,                    /* bitsize */
276
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
277
         0,                      /* bitpos */
278
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
279
         ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
280
         "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA",     /* name */
281
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
282
         0,                      /* src_mask */
283
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
284
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
285
 
286
  /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
287
     FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them.  */
288
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR14,          /* type */
289
         0,                      /* rightshift */
290
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
291
         16,                    /* bitsize */
292
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
293
         0,                      /* bitpos */
294
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
295
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
296
         "R_PPC_ADDR14",        /* name */
297
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
298
         0,                      /* src_mask */
299
         0xfffc,                /* dst_mask */
300
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
301
 
302
  /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
303
     indicate that the branch is expected to be taken.  The lower two
304
     bits must be zero.  */
305
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN,  /* type */
306
         0,                      /* rightshift */
307
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
308
         16,                    /* bitsize */
309
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
310
         0,                      /* bitpos */
311
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
312
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
313
         "R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN",/* name */
314
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
315
         0,                      /* src_mask */
316
         0xfffc,                /* dst_mask */
317
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
318
 
319
  /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
320
     indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken.  The lower
321
     two bits must be zero.  */
322
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, /* type */
323
         0,                      /* rightshift */
324
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
325
         16,                    /* bitsize */
326
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
327
         0,                      /* bitpos */
328
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
329
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
330
         "R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN",/* name */
331
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
332
         0,                      /* src_mask */
333
         0xfffc,                /* dst_mask */
334
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
335
 
336
  /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.  */
337
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL24,           /* type */
338
         0,                      /* rightshift */
339
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
340
         26,                    /* bitsize */
341
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
342
         0,                      /* bitpos */
343
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
344
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
345
         "R_PPC_REL24",         /* name */
346
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
347
         0,                      /* src_mask */
348
         0x3fffffc,             /* dst_mask */
349
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
350
 
351
  /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.  */
352
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL14,           /* type */
353
         0,                      /* rightshift */
354
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
355
         16,                    /* bitsize */
356
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
357
         0,                      /* bitpos */
358
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
359
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
360
         "R_PPC_REL14",         /* name */
361
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
362
         0,                      /* src_mask */
363
         0xfffc,                /* dst_mask */
364
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
365
 
366
  /* A relative 16 bit branch.  Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
367
     the branch is expected to be taken.  The lower two bits must be
368
     zero.  */
369
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN,   /* type */
370
         0,                      /* rightshift */
371
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
372
         16,                    /* bitsize */
373
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
374
         0,                      /* bitpos */
375
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
376
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
377
         "R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN", /* name */
378
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
379
         0,                      /* src_mask */
380
         0xfffc,                /* dst_mask */
381
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
382
 
383
  /* A relative 16 bit branch.  Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
384
     the branch is not expected to be taken.  The lower two bits must
385
     be zero.  */
386
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN,  /* type */
387
         0,                      /* rightshift */
388
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
389
         16,                    /* bitsize */
390
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
391
         0,                      /* bitpos */
392
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
393
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
394
         "R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN",/* name */
395
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
396
         0,                      /* src_mask */
397
         0xfffc,                /* dst_mask */
398
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
399
 
400
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
401
     symbol.  */
402
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT16,           /* type */
403
         0,                      /* rightshift */
404
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
405
         16,                    /* bitsize */
406
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
407
         0,                      /* bitpos */
408
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
409
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
410
         "R_PPC_GOT16",         /* name */
411
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
412
         0,                      /* src_mask */
413
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
414
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
415
 
416
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
417
     the symbol.  */
418
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT16_LO,        /* type */
419
         0,                      /* rightshift */
420
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
421
         16,                    /* bitsize */
422
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
423
         0,                      /* bitpos */
424
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
425
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
426
         "R_PPC_GOT16_LO",      /* name */
427
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
428
         0,                      /* src_mask */
429
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
430
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
431
 
432
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
433
     the symbol.  */
434
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT16_HI,        /* type */
435
         16,                    /* rightshift */
436
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
437
         16,                    /* bitsize */
438
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
439
         0,                      /* bitpos */
440
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
441
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
442
         "R_PPC_GOT16_HI",      /* name */
443
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
444
         0,                      /* src_mask */
445
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
446
         FALSE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
447
 
448
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
449
     the symbol.  */
450
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT16_HA,        /* type */
451
         16,                    /* rightshift */
452
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
453
         16,                    /* bitsize */
454
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
455
         0,                      /* bitpos */
456
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
457
         ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
458
         "R_PPC_GOT16_HA",      /* name */
459
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
460
         0,                      /* src_mask */
461
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
462
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
463
 
464
  /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
465
     entry for the symbol.  */
466
  HOWTO (R_PPC_PLTREL24,        /* type */
467
         0,                      /* rightshift */
468
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
469
         26,                    /* bitsize */
470
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
471
         0,                      /* bitpos */
472
         complain_overflow_signed,  /* complain_on_overflow */
473
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
474
         "R_PPC_PLTREL24",      /* name */
475
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
476
         0,                      /* src_mask */
477
         0x3fffffc,             /* dst_mask */
478
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
479
 
480
  /* This is used only by the dynamic linker.  The symbol should exist
481
     both in the object being run and in some shared library.  The
482
     dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
483
     shared library into the object, because the object being
484
     run has to have the data at some particular address.  */
485
  HOWTO (R_PPC_COPY,            /* type */
486
         0,                      /* rightshift */
487
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
488
         32,                    /* bitsize */
489
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
490
         0,                      /* bitpos */
491
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
492
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  /* special_function */
493
         "R_PPC_COPY",          /* name */
494
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
495
         0,                      /* src_mask */
496
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
497
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
498
 
499
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
500
     entries.  */
501
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT,        /* type */
502
         0,                      /* rightshift */
503
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
504
         32,                    /* bitsize */
505
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
506
         0,                      /* bitpos */
507
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
508
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  /* special_function */
509
         "R_PPC_GLOB_DAT",      /* name */
510
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
511
         0,                      /* src_mask */
512
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
513
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
514
 
515
  /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol.  */
516
  HOWTO (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT,        /* type */
517
         0,                      /* rightshift */
518
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
519
         32,                    /* bitsize */
520
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
521
         0,                      /* bitpos */
522
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
523
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  /* special_function */
524
         "R_PPC_JMP_SLOT",      /* name */
525
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
526
         0,                      /* src_mask */
527
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
528
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
529
 
530
  /* Used only by the dynamic linker.  When the object is run, this
531
     longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
532
     addend.  */
533
  HOWTO (R_PPC_RELATIVE,        /* type */
534
         0,                      /* rightshift */
535
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
536
         32,                    /* bitsize */
537
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
538
         0,                      /* bitpos */
539
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
540
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  /* special_function */
541
         "R_PPC_RELATIVE",      /* name */
542
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
543
         0,                      /* src_mask */
544
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
545
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
546
 
547
  /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
548
     object rather than the final value.  Normally used for
549
     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
550
  HOWTO (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC,       /* type */
551
         0,                      /* rightshift */
552
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
553
         26,                    /* bitsize */
554
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
555
         0,                      /* bitpos */
556
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
557
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
558
         "R_PPC_LOCAL24PC",     /* name */
559
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
560
         0,                      /* src_mask */
561
         0x3fffffc,             /* dst_mask */
562
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
563
 
564
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned.  */
565
  HOWTO (R_PPC_UADDR32,         /* type */
566
         0,                      /* rightshift */
567
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
568
         32,                    /* bitsize */
569
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
570
         0,                      /* bitpos */
571
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
572
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
573
         "R_PPC_UADDR32",       /* name */
574
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
575
         0,                      /* src_mask */
576
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
577
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
578
 
579
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned.  */
580
  HOWTO (R_PPC_UADDR16,         /* type */
581
         0,                      /* rightshift */
582
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
583
         16,                    /* bitsize */
584
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
585
         0,                      /* bitpos */
586
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
587
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
588
         "R_PPC_UADDR16",       /* name */
589
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
590
         0,                      /* src_mask */
591
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
592
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
593
 
594
  /* 32-bit PC relative */
595
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL32,           /* type */
596
         0,                      /* rightshift */
597
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
598
         32,                    /* bitsize */
599
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
600
         0,                      /* bitpos */
601
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
602
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
603
         "R_PPC_REL32",         /* name */
604
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
605
         0,                      /* src_mask */
606
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
607
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
608
 
609
  /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
610
     FIXME: not supported.  */
611
  HOWTO (R_PPC_PLT32,           /* type */
612
         0,                      /* rightshift */
613
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
614
         32,                    /* bitsize */
615
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
616
         0,                      /* bitpos */
617
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
618
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
619
         "R_PPC_PLT32",         /* name */
620
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
621
         0,                      /* src_mask */
622
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
623
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
624
 
625
  /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
626
     FIXME: not supported.  */
627
  HOWTO (R_PPC_PLTREL32,        /* type */
628
         0,                      /* rightshift */
629
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
630
         32,                    /* bitsize */
631
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
632
         0,                      /* bitpos */
633
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
634
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
635
         "R_PPC_PLTREL32",      /* name */
636
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
637
         0,                      /* src_mask */
638
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
639
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
640
 
641
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
642
     the symbol.  */
643
  HOWTO (R_PPC_PLT16_LO,        /* type */
644
         0,                      /* rightshift */
645
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
646
         16,                    /* bitsize */
647
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
648
         0,                      /* bitpos */
649
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
650
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
651
         "R_PPC_PLT16_LO",      /* name */
652
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
653
         0,                      /* src_mask */
654
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
655
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
656
 
657
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
658
     the symbol.  */
659
  HOWTO (R_PPC_PLT16_HI,        /* type */
660
         16,                    /* rightshift */
661
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
662
         16,                    /* bitsize */
663
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
664
         0,                      /* bitpos */
665
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
666
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
667
         "R_PPC_PLT16_HI",      /* name */
668
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
669
         0,                      /* src_mask */
670
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
671
         FALSE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
672
 
673
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
674
     the symbol.  */
675
  HOWTO (R_PPC_PLT16_HA,        /* type */
676
         16,                    /* rightshift */
677
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
678
         16,                    /* bitsize */
679
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
680
         0,                      /* bitpos */
681
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
682
         ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
683
         "R_PPC_PLT16_HA",      /* name */
684
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
685
         0,                      /* src_mask */
686
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
687
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
688
 
689
  /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
690
     small data items.  */
691
  HOWTO (R_PPC_SDAREL16,        /* type */
692
         0,                      /* rightshift */
693
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
694
         16,                    /* bitsize */
695
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
696
         0,                      /* bitpos */
697
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
698
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
699
         "R_PPC_SDAREL16",      /* name */
700
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
701
         0,                      /* src_mask */
702
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
703
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
704
 
705
  /* 16-bit section relative relocation.  */
706
  HOWTO (R_PPC_SECTOFF,         /* type */
707
         0,                      /* rightshift */
708
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
709
         16,                    /* bitsize */
710
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
711
         0,                      /* bitpos */
712
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
713
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
714
         "R_PPC_SECTOFF",       /* name */
715
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
716
         0,                      /* src_mask */
717
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
718
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
719
 
720
  /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation.  */
721
  HOWTO (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO,        /* type */
722
         0,                      /* rightshift */
723
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
724
         16,                    /* bitsize */
725
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
726
         0,                      /* bitpos */
727
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
728
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
729
         "R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO",    /* name */
730
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
731
         0,                      /* src_mask */
732
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
733
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
734
 
735
  /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation.  */
736
  HOWTO (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI,      /* type */
737
         16,                    /* rightshift */
738
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
739
         16,                    /* bitsize */
740
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
741
         0,                      /* bitpos */
742
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
743
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
744
         "R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI",    /* name */
745
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
746
         0,                      /* src_mask */
747
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
748
         FALSE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
749
 
750
  /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation.  */
751
  HOWTO (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA,      /* type */
752
         16,                    /* rightshift */
753
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
754
         16,                    /* bitsize */
755
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
756
         0,                      /* bitpos */
757
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
758
         ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
759
         "R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA",    /* name */
760
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
761
         0,                      /* src_mask */
762
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
763
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
764
 
765
  /* Marker relocs for TLS.  */
766
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TLS,
767
         0,                      /* rightshift */
768
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
769
         32,                    /* bitsize */
770
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
771
         0,                      /* bitpos */
772
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
773
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
774
         "R_PPC_TLS",           /* name */
775
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
776
         0,                      /* src_mask */
777
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
778
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
779
 
780
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TLSGD,
781
         0,                      /* rightshift */
782
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
783
         32,                    /* bitsize */
784
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
785
         0,                      /* bitpos */
786
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
787
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
788
         "R_PPC_TLSGD",         /* name */
789
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
790
         0,                      /* src_mask */
791
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
792
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
793
 
794
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TLSLD,
795
         0,                      /* rightshift */
796
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
797
         32,                    /* bitsize */
798
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
799
         0,                      /* bitpos */
800
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
801
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
802
         "R_PPC_TLSLD",         /* name */
803
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
804
         0,                      /* src_mask */
805
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
806
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
807
 
808
  /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
809
     definition of its TLS sym.  */
810
  HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPMOD32,
811
         0,                      /* rightshift */
812
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
813
         32,                    /* bitsize */
814
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
815
         0,                      /* bitpos */
816
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
817
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
818
         "R_PPC_DTPMOD32",      /* name */
819
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
820
         0,                      /* src_mask */
821
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
822
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
823
 
824
  /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
825
     of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
826
     contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000.  */
827
  HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL32,
828
         0,                      /* rightshift */
829
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
830
         32,                    /* bitsize */
831
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
832
         0,                      /* bitpos */
833
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
834
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
835
         "R_PPC_DTPREL32",      /* name */
836
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
837
         0,                      /* src_mask */
838
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
839
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
840
 
841
  /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc.  */
842
  HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL16,
843
         0,                      /* rightshift */
844
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
845
         16,                    /* bitsize */
846
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
847
         0,                      /* bitpos */
848
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
849
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
850
         "R_PPC_DTPREL16",      /* name */
851
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
852
         0,                      /* src_mask */
853
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
854
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
855
 
856
  /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow.  */
857
  HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO,
858
         0,                      /* rightshift */
859
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
860
         16,                    /* bitsize */
861
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
862
         0,                      /* bitpos */
863
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
864
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
865
         "R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO",   /* name */
866
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
867
         0,                      /* src_mask */
868
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
869
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
870
 
871
  /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
872
  HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI,
873
         16,                    /* rightshift */
874
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
875
         16,                    /* bitsize */
876
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
877
         0,                      /* bitpos */
878
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
879
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
880
         "R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI",   /* name */
881
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
882
         0,                      /* src_mask */
883
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
884
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
885
 
886
  /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
887
  HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA,
888
         16,                    /* rightshift */
889
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
890
         16,                    /* bitsize */
891
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
892
         0,                      /* bitpos */
893
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
894
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
895
         "R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA",   /* name */
896
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
897
         0,                      /* src_mask */
898
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
899
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
900
 
901
  /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
902
     sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13).  */
903
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL32,
904
         0,                      /* rightshift */
905
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
906
         32,                    /* bitsize */
907
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
908
         0,                      /* bitpos */
909
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
910
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
911
         "R_PPC_TPREL32",       /* name */
912
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
913
         0,                      /* src_mask */
914
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
915
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
916
 
917
  /* A 16 bit tprel reloc.  */
918
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL16,
919
         0,                      /* rightshift */
920
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
921
         16,                    /* bitsize */
922
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
923
         0,                      /* bitpos */
924
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
925
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
926
         "R_PPC_TPREL16",       /* name */
927
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
928
         0,                      /* src_mask */
929
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
930
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
931
 
932
  /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow.  */
933
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO,
934
         0,                      /* rightshift */
935
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
936
         16,                    /* bitsize */
937
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
938
         0,                      /* bitpos */
939
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
940
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
941
         "R_PPC_TPREL16_LO",    /* name */
942
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
943
         0,                      /* src_mask */
944
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
945
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
946
 
947
  /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
948
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI,
949
         16,                    /* rightshift */
950
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
951
         16,                    /* bitsize */
952
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
953
         0,                      /* bitpos */
954
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
955
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
956
         "R_PPC_TPREL16_HI",    /* name */
957
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
958
         0,                      /* src_mask */
959
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
960
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
961
 
962
  /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
963
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA,
964
         16,                    /* rightshift */
965
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
966
         16,                    /* bitsize */
967
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
968
         0,                      /* bitpos */
969
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
970
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
971
         "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA",    /* name */
972
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
973
         0,                      /* src_mask */
974
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
975
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
976
 
977
  /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
978
     with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
979
     to the first entry.  */
980
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16,
981
         0,                      /* rightshift */
982
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
983
         16,                    /* bitsize */
984
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
985
         0,                      /* bitpos */
986
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
987
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
988
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16",   /* name */
989
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
990
         0,                      /* src_mask */
991
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
992
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
993
 
994
  /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow.  */
995
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO,
996
         0,                      /* rightshift */
997
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
998
         16,                    /* bitsize */
999
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1000
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1001
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1002
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1003
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO", /* name */
1004
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1005
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1006
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1007
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1008
 
1009
  /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
1010
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI,
1011
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1012
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1013
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1014
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1015
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1016
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1017
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1018
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI", /* name */
1019
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1020
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1021
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1022
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1023
 
1024
  /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
1025
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA,
1026
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1027
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1028
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1029
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1030
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1031
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1032
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1033
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA", /* name */
1034
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1035
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1036
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1037
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1038
 
1039
  /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
1040
     with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
1041
     first entry.  */
1042
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16,
1043
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1044
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1045
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1046
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1047
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1048
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1049
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1050
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16",   /* name */
1051
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1052
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1053
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1054
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1055
 
1056
  /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow.  */
1057
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO,
1058
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1059
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1060
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1061
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1062
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1063
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1064
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1065
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO", /* name */
1066
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1067
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1068
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1069
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1070
 
1071
  /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
1072
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI,
1073
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1074
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1075
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1076
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1077
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1078
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1079
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1080
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI", /* name */
1081
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1082
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1083
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1084
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1085
 
1086
  /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
1087
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA,
1088
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1089
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1090
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1091
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1092
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1093
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1094
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1095
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA", /* name */
1096
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1097
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1098
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1099
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1100
 
1101
  /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
1102
     the offset to the entry.  */
1103
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16,
1104
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1105
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1106
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1107
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1108
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1109
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1110
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1111
         "R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16",  /* name */
1112
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1113
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1114
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1115
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1116
 
1117
  /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow.  */
1118
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO,
1119
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1120
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1121
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1122
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1123
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1124
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1125
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1126
         "R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO", /* name */
1127
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1128
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1129
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1130
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1131
 
1132
  /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
1133
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI,
1134
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1135
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1136
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1137
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1138
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1139
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1140
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1141
         "R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI", /* name */
1142
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1143
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1144
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1145
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1146
 
1147
  /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
1148
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA,
1149
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1150
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1151
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1152
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1153
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1154
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1155
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1156
         "R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA", /* name */
1157
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1158
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1159
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1160
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1161
 
1162
  /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
1163
     offset to the entry.  */
1164
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16,
1165
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1166
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1167
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1168
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1169
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1170
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1171
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1172
         "R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16",   /* name */
1173
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1174
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1175
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1176
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1177
 
1178
  /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow.  */
1179
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO,
1180
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1181
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1182
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1183
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1184
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1185
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1186
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1187
         "R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO", /* name */
1188
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1189
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1190
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1191
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1192
 
1193
  /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
1194
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI,
1195
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1196
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1197
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1198
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1199
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1200
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1201
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1202
         "R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI", /* name */
1203
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1204
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1205
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1206
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1207
 
1208
  /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
1209
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA,
1210
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1211
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1212
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1213
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1214
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1215
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1216
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1217
         "R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA", /* name */
1218
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1219
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1220
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1221
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1222
 
1223
  /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
1224
     in the SVR4 ELF ABI.  */
1225
 
1226
  /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol.  */
1227
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32,     /* type */
1228
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1229
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1230
         32,                    /* bitsize */
1231
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1232
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1233
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
1234
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1235
         "R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32",   /* name */
1236
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1237
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1238
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
1239
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1240
 
1241
  /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol.  */
1242
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16,     /* type */
1243
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1244
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1245
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1246
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1247
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1248
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
1249
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1250
         "R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16",   /* name */
1251
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1252
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1253
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1254
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1255
 
1256
  /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol.  */
1257
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO,  /* type */
1258
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1259
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1260
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1261
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1262
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1263
         complain_overflow_dont,/* complain_on_overflow */
1264
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1265
         "R_PPC_EMB_ADDR16_LO", /* name */
1266
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1267
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1268
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1269
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1270
 
1271
  /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol.  */
1272
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI,  /* type */
1273
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1274
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1275
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1276
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1277
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1278
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1279
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1280
         "R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI", /* name */
1281
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1282
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1283
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1284
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1285
 
1286
  /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
1287
     plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
1288
     is negative.  */
1289
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA,  /* type */
1290
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1291
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1292
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1293
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1294
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1295
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1296
         ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
1297
         "R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA", /* name */
1298
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1299
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1300
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1301
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1302
 
1303
  /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
1304
     address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
1305
     _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation.  */
1306
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16,      /* type */
1307
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1308
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1309
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1310
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1311
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1312
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1313
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1314
         "R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16",    /* name */
1315
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1316
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1317
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1318
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1319
 
1320
  /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
1321
     address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
1322
     _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation.  */
1323
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16,     /* type */
1324
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1325
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1326
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1327
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1328
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1329
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1330
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1331
         "R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16",   /* name */
1332
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1333
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1334
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1335
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1336
 
1337
  /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
1338
     small data items.   */
1339
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL,     /* type */
1340
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1341
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1342
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1343
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1344
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1345
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1346
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1347
         "R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL",   /* name */
1348
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1349
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1350
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1351
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1352
 
1353
  /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
1354
     signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
1355
     field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13).  */
1356
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21,       /* type */
1357
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1358
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1359
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1360
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1361
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1362
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1363
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1364
         "R_PPC_EMB_SDA21",     /* name */
1365
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1366
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1367
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1368
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1369
 
1370
  /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
1371
  /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
1372
  /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
1373
  /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
1374
  /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
1375
  /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
1376
 
1377
  /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
1378
     in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
1379
     register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13).  */
1380
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA,      /* type */
1381
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1382
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1383
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1384
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1385
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1386
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1387
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1388
         "R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA",    /* name */
1389
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1390
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1391
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1392
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1393
 
1394
  HOWTO (R_PPC_IRELATIVE,       /* type */
1395
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1396
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1397
         32,                    /* bitsize */
1398
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1399
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1400
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
1401
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  /* special_function */
1402
         "R_PPC_IRELATIVE",     /* name */
1403
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1404
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1405
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
1406
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1407
 
1408
  /* A 16 bit relative relocation.  */
1409
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL16,           /* type */
1410
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1411
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1412
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1413
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
1414
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1415
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
1416
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1417
         "R_PPC_REL16",         /* name */
1418
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1419
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1420
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1421
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
1422
 
1423
  /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow.  */
1424
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL16_LO,        /* type */
1425
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1426
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1427
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1428
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
1429
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1430
         complain_overflow_dont,/* complain_on_overflow */
1431
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1432
         "R_PPC_REL16_LO",      /* name */
1433
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1434
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1435
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1436
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
1437
 
1438
  /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address.  */
1439
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL16_HI,        /* type */
1440
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1441
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1442
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1443
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
1444
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1445
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1446
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1447
         "R_PPC_REL16_HI",      /* name */
1448
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1449
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1450
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1451
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
1452
 
1453
  /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
1454
     the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative.  */
1455
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL16_HA,        /* type */
1456
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1457
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1458
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1459
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
1460
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1461
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1462
         ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
1463
         "R_PPC_REL16_HA",      /* name */
1464
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1465
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1466
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1467
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
1468
 
1469
  /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
1470
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT,   /* type */
1471
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1472
         0,                      /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1473
         0,                      /* bitsize */
1474
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1475
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1476
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1477
         NULL,                  /* special_function */
1478
         "R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */
1479
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1480
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1481
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
1482
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1483
 
1484
  /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
1485
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY,     /* type */
1486
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1487
         0,                      /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1488
         0,                      /* bitsize */
1489
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1490
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1491
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1492
         NULL,                  /* special_function */
1493
         "R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY",   /* name */
1494
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1495
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1496
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
1497
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1498
 
1499
  /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries.  */
1500
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TOC16,           /* type */
1501
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1502
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1503
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1504
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1505
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1506
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1507
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1508
         "R_PPC_TOC16",         /* name */
1509
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1510
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1511
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1512
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1513
};
1514
 
1515
/* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done.  */
1516
 
1517
static void
1518
ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
1519
{
1520
  unsigned int i, type;
1521
 
1522
  for (i = 0;
1523
       i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
1524
       i++)
1525
    {
1526
      type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
1527
      if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
1528
                   / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
1529
        abort ();
1530
      ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
1531
    }
1532
}
1533
 
1534
static reloc_howto_type *
1535
ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1536
                           bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
1537
{
1538
  enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
1539
 
1540
  /* Initialize howto table if not already done.  */
1541
  if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
1542
    ppc_elf_howto_init ();
1543
 
1544
  switch (code)
1545
    {
1546
    default:
1547
      return NULL;
1548
 
1549
    case BFD_RELOC_NONE:                r = R_PPC_NONE;                 break;
1550
    case BFD_RELOC_32:                  r = R_PPC_ADDR32;               break;
1551
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26:            r = R_PPC_ADDR24;               break;
1552
    case BFD_RELOC_16:                  r = R_PPC_ADDR16;               break;
1553
    case BFD_RELOC_LO16:                r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO;            break;
1554
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16:                r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI;            break;
1555
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S:              r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA;            break;
1556
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16:            r = R_PPC_ADDR14;               break;
1557
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN:    r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN;       break;
1558
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN:   r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN;      break;
1559
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26:             r = R_PPC_REL24;                break;
1560
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16:             r = R_PPC_REL14;                break;
1561
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN:     r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN;        break;
1562
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN:    r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN;       break;
1563
    case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF:           r = R_PPC_GOT16;                break;
1564
    case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF:         r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;             break;
1565
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF:         r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI;             break;
1566
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF:       r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA;             break;
1567
    case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL:        r = R_PPC_PLTREL24;             break;
1568
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY:            r = R_PPC_COPY;                 break;
1569
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT:        r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT;             break;
1570
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC:       r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC;            break;
1571
    case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:            r = R_PPC_REL32;                break;
1572
    case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF:           r = R_PPC_PLT32;                break;
1573
    case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL:        r = R_PPC_PLTREL32;             break;
1574
    case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF:         r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO;             break;
1575
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF:         r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI;             break;
1576
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF:       r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA;             break;
1577
    case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:             r = R_PPC_SDAREL16;             break;
1578
    case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL:          r = R_PPC_SECTOFF;              break;
1579
    case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL:        r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO;           break;
1580
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL:        r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI;           break;
1581
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL:      r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA;           break;
1582
    case BFD_RELOC_CTOR:                r = R_PPC_ADDR32;               break;
1583
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16:           r = R_PPC_TOC16;                break;
1584
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS:             r = R_PPC_TLS;                  break;
1585
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD:           r = R_PPC_TLSGD;                break;
1586
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD:           r = R_PPC_TLSLD;                break;
1587
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD:          r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32;             break;
1588
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16:         r = R_PPC_TPREL16;              break;
1589
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO:      r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;           break;
1590
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI:      r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI;           break;
1591
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA:      r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;           break;
1592
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL:           r = R_PPC_TPREL32;              break;
1593
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16:        r = R_PPC_DTPREL16;             break;
1594
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:     r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO;          break;
1595
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:     r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI;          break;
1596
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:     r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA;          break;
1597
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL:          r = R_PPC_DTPREL32;             break;
1598
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:     r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16;          break;
1599
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO;       break;
1600
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI;       break;
1601
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA;       break;
1602
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:     r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16;          break;
1603
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO;       break;
1604
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI;       break;
1605
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA;       break;
1606
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:     r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16;          break;
1607
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO;       break;
1608
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI;       break;
1609
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA;       break;
1610
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:    r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16;         break;
1611
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO;      break;
1612
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI;      break;
1613
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA;      break;
1614
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:     r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32;          break;
1615
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:     r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16;          break;
1616
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:  r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO;       break;
1617
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:  r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI;       break;
1618
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:  r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA;       break;
1619
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:      r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16;           break;
1620
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:     r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16;          break;
1621
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:     r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL;          break;
1622
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21:       r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21;            break;
1623
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:      r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF;           break;
1624
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:    r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16;         break;
1625
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:    r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO;         break;
1626
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:    r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI;         break;
1627
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:    r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA;         break;
1628
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:     r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD;          break;
1629
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:      r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA;           break;
1630
    case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL:            r = R_PPC_REL16;                break;
1631
    case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL:          r = R_PPC_REL16_LO;             break;
1632
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL:          r = R_PPC_REL16_HI;             break;
1633
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL:        r = R_PPC_REL16_HA;             break;
1634
    case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:      r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT;        break;
1635
    case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:        r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY;          break;
1636
    }
1637
 
1638
  return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
1639
};
1640
 
1641
static reloc_howto_type *
1642
ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1643
                           const char *r_name)
1644
{
1645
  unsigned int i;
1646
 
1647
  for (i = 0;
1648
       i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
1649
       i++)
1650
    if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
1651
        && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
1652
      return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
1653
 
1654
  return NULL;
1655
}
1656
 
1657
/* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc.  */
1658
 
1659
static void
1660
ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1661
                       arelent *cache_ptr,
1662
                       Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
1663
{
1664
  /* Initialize howto table if not already done.  */
1665
  if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
1666
    ppc_elf_howto_init ();
1667
 
1668
  BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) < (unsigned int) R_PPC_max);
1669
  cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info)];
1670
 
1671
  /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
1672
     ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation.  */
1673
  if (!cache_ptr->howto)
1674
    {
1675
      (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
1676
                             abfd, ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info));
1677
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1678
 
1679
      cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_NONE];
1680
    }
1681
}
1682
 
1683
/* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs.  */
1684
 
1685
static bfd_reloc_status_type
1686
ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1687
                         arelent *reloc_entry,
1688
                         asymbol *symbol,
1689
                         void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1690
                         asection *input_section,
1691
                         bfd *output_bfd,
1692
                         char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1693
{
1694
  bfd_vma relocation;
1695
 
1696
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
1697
    {
1698
      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1699
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
1700
    }
1701
 
1702
  if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1703
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1704
 
1705
  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1706
    relocation = 0;
1707
  else
1708
    relocation = symbol->value;
1709
 
1710
  relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1711
  relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
1712
  relocation += reloc_entry->addend;
1713
  if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
1714
    relocation -= reloc_entry->address;
1715
 
1716
  reloc_entry->addend += (relocation & 0x8000) << 1;
1717
 
1718
  return bfd_reloc_continue;
1719
}
1720
 
1721
static bfd_reloc_status_type
1722
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
1723
                         arelent *reloc_entry,
1724
                         asymbol *symbol,
1725
                         void *data,
1726
                         asection *input_section,
1727
                         bfd *output_bfd,
1728
                         char **error_message)
1729
{
1730
  /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1731
     call the generic function.  Any adjustment will be done at final
1732
     link time.  */
1733
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
1734
    return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1735
                                  input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1736
 
1737
  if (error_message != NULL)
1738
    {
1739
      static char buf[60];
1740
      sprintf (buf, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
1741
               reloc_entry->howto->name);
1742
      *error_message = buf;
1743
    }
1744
  return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
1745
}
1746
 
1747
/* Sections created by the linker.  */
1748
 
1749
typedef struct elf_linker_section
1750
{
1751
  /* Pointer to the bfd section.  */
1752
  asection *section;
1753
  /* Section name.  */
1754
  const char *name;
1755
  /* Associated bss section name.  */
1756
  const char *bss_name;
1757
  /* Associated symbol name.  */
1758
  const char *sym_name;
1759
  /* Associated symbol.  */
1760
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
1761
} elf_linker_section_t;
1762
 
1763
/* Linked list of allocated pointer entries.  This hangs off of the
1764
   symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1765
   based on different addend's.  */
1766
 
1767
typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1768
{
1769
  /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1770
  struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
1771
  /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1772
  bfd_vma offset;
1773
  /* addend used */
1774
  bfd_vma addend;
1775
  /* which linker section this is */
1776
  elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
1777
} elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
1778
 
1779
struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1780
{
1781
  struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1782
 
1783
  /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1784
     sections added.  This is index by the symbol index.  */
1785
  elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
1786
 
1787
  /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type.  */
1788
  unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
1789
  unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
1790
};
1791
 
1792
#define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1793
  ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1794
 
1795
#define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1796
  (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1797
 
1798
#define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1799
  (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1800
   && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1801
 
1802
/* Override the generic function because we store some extras.  */
1803
 
1804
static bfd_boolean
1805
ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1806
{
1807
  return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
1808
                                  PPC32_ELF_DATA);
1809
}
1810
 
1811
/* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1812
   default is 64 bit.  */
1813
 
1814
static bfd_boolean
1815
ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1816
{
1817
  if (abfd->arch_info->the_default && abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
1818
    {
1819
      Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1820
 
1821
      if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
1822
        {
1823
          /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default.  */
1824
          abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1825
          BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
1826
        }
1827
    }
1828
  return TRUE;
1829
}
1830
 
1831
/* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set.  */
1832
 
1833
static bfd_boolean
1834
ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1835
{
1836
  BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
1837
              || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
1838
 
1839
  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1840
  elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
1841
  return TRUE;
1842
}
1843
 
1844
/* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
1845
 
1846
static bfd_boolean
1847
ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1848
{
1849
  int offset;
1850
  unsigned int size;
1851
 
1852
  switch (note->descsz)
1853
    {
1854
    default:
1855
      return FALSE;
1856
 
1857
    case 268:           /* Linux/PPC.  */
1858
      /* pr_cursig */
1859
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1860
 
1861
      /* pr_pid */
1862
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1863
 
1864
      /* pr_reg */
1865
      offset = 72;
1866
      size = 192;
1867
 
1868
      break;
1869
    }
1870
 
1871
  /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
1872
  return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1873
                                          size, note->descpos + offset);
1874
}
1875
 
1876
static bfd_boolean
1877
ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1878
{
1879
  switch (note->descsz)
1880
    {
1881
    default:
1882
      return FALSE;
1883
 
1884
    case 128:           /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo.  */
1885
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
1886
        = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
1887
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
1888
        = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
1889
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
1890
        = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
1891
    }
1892
 
1893
  /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1894
     onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1895
     implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
1896
 
1897
  {
1898
    char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
1899
    int n = strlen (command);
1900
 
1901
    if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
1902
      command[n - 1] = '\0';
1903
  }
1904
 
1905
  return TRUE;
1906
}
1907
 
1908
static char *
1909
ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
1910
{
1911
  switch (note_type)
1912
    {
1913
    default:
1914
      return NULL;
1915
 
1916
    case NT_PRPSINFO:
1917
      {
1918
        char data[128];
1919
        va_list ap;
1920
 
1921
        va_start (ap, note_type);
1922
        memset (data, 0, 32);
1923
        strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1924
        strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1925
        va_end (ap);
1926
        return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1927
                                   "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1928
      }
1929
 
1930
    case NT_PRSTATUS:
1931
      {
1932
        char data[268];
1933
        va_list ap;
1934
        long pid;
1935
        int cursig;
1936
        const void *greg;
1937
 
1938
        va_start (ap, note_type);
1939
        memset (data, 0, 72);
1940
        pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1941
        bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
1942
        cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1943
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1944
        greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1945
        memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
1946
        memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
1947
        va_end (ap);
1948
        return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1949
                                   "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1950
      }
1951
    }
1952
}
1953
 
1954
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1955
   or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
1956
 
1957
static bfd_vma
1958
ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1959
                     const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1960
                     const arelent *rel)
1961
{
1962
  return rel->address;
1963
}
1964
 
1965
/* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file.  This
1966
   is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1967
   type.  */
1968
 
1969
static bfd_boolean
1970
ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
1971
                           Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
1972
                           const char *name,
1973
                           int shindex)
1974
{
1975
  asection *newsect;
1976
  flagword flags;
1977
 
1978
  if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1979
    return FALSE;
1980
 
1981
  newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
1982
  flags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, newsect);
1983
  if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
1984
    flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1985
 
1986
  if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
1987
    flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
1988
 
1989
  bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags);
1990
  return TRUE;
1991
}
1992
 
1993
/* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary.  */
1994
 
1995
static bfd_boolean
1996
ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1997
                       Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
1998
                       asection *asect)
1999
{
2000
  if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
2001
    shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
2002
 
2003
  return TRUE;
2004
}
2005
 
2006
/* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
2007
   need to bump up the number of section headers.  */
2008
 
2009
static int
2010
ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
2011
                                    struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2012
{
2013
  asection *s;
2014
  int ret = 0;
2015
 
2016
  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
2017
  if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2018
    ++ret;
2019
 
2020
  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
2021
  if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2022
    ++ret;
2023
 
2024
  return ret;
2025
}
2026
 
2027
/* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
2028
   .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
2029
   that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
2030
   2 sections.  */
2031
 
2032
static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
2033
{
2034
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"),             0, SHT_NOBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2035
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"),           -2, SHT_NOBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2036
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"),          -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2037
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"),          -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2038
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"),         -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2039
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"),            0, SHT_ORDERED,  SHF_ALLOC },
2040
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.apuinfo"), 0, SHT_NOTE,     0 },
2041
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"),   0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2042
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"),  0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2043
  { NULL,                              0,  0, 0,            0 }
2044
};
2045
 
2046
/* This is what we want for new plt/got.  */
2047
static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
2048
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"),             0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
2049
 
2050
static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2051
ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec)
2052
{
2053
  const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2054
 
2055
  /* See if this is one of the special sections.  */
2056
  if (sec->name == NULL)
2057
    return NULL;
2058
 
2059
  ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
2060
                                        sec->use_rela_p);
2061
  if (ssect != NULL)
2062
    {
2063
      if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2064
        ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
2065
      return ssect;
2066
    }
2067
 
2068
  return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
2069
}
2070
 
2071
/* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values.  */
2072
typedef struct apuinfo_list
2073
{
2074
  struct apuinfo_list *next;
2075
  unsigned long value;
2076
}
2077
apuinfo_list;
2078
 
2079
static apuinfo_list *head;
2080
static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set;
2081
 
2082
static void
2083
apuinfo_list_init (void)
2084
{
2085
  head = NULL;
2086
  apuinfo_set = FALSE;
2087
}
2088
 
2089
static void
2090
apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
2091
{
2092
  apuinfo_list *entry = head;
2093
 
2094
  while (entry != NULL)
2095
    {
2096
      if (entry->value == value)
2097
        return;
2098
      entry = entry->next;
2099
    }
2100
 
2101
  entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
2102
  if (entry == NULL)
2103
    return;
2104
 
2105
  entry->value = value;
2106
  entry->next  = head;
2107
  head = entry;
2108
}
2109
 
2110
static unsigned
2111
apuinfo_list_length (void)
2112
{
2113
  apuinfo_list *entry;
2114
  unsigned long count;
2115
 
2116
  for (entry = head, count = 0;
2117
       entry;
2118
       entry = entry->next)
2119
    ++ count;
2120
 
2121
  return count;
2122
}
2123
 
2124
static inline unsigned long
2125
apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
2126
{
2127
  apuinfo_list * entry;
2128
 
2129
  for (entry = head;
2130
       entry && number --;
2131
       entry = entry->next)
2132
    ;
2133
 
2134
  return entry ? entry->value : 0;
2135
}
2136
 
2137
static void
2138
apuinfo_list_finish (void)
2139
{
2140
  apuinfo_list *entry;
2141
 
2142
  for (entry = head; entry;)
2143
    {
2144
      apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
2145
      free (entry);
2146
      entry = next;
2147
    }
2148
 
2149
  head = NULL;
2150
}
2151
 
2152
#define APUINFO_SECTION_NAME    ".PPC.EMB.apuinfo"
2153
#define APUINFO_LABEL           "APUinfo"
2154
 
2155
/* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
2156
   the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted.  */
2157
 
2158
static void
2159
ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2160
{
2161
  bfd *ibfd;
2162
  asection *asec;
2163
  char *buffer = NULL;
2164
  bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
2165
  unsigned i;
2166
  unsigned long length;
2167
  const char *error_message = NULL;
2168
 
2169
  if (link_info == NULL)
2170
    return;
2171
 
2172
  apuinfo_list_init ();
2173
 
2174
  /* Read in the input sections contents.  */
2175
  for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
2176
    {
2177
      unsigned long datum;
2178
 
2179
      asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
2180
      if (asec == NULL)
2181
        continue;
2182
 
2183
      error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %B");
2184
      length = asec->size;
2185
      if (length < 20)
2186
        goto fail;
2187
 
2188
      apuinfo_set = TRUE;
2189
      if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
2190
        {
2191
          if (buffer)
2192
            free (buffer);
2193
          largest_input_size = asec->size;
2194
          buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
2195
          if (!buffer)
2196
            return;
2197
        }
2198
 
2199
      if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
2200
          || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
2201
        {
2202
          error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %B");
2203
          goto fail;
2204
        }
2205
 
2206
      /* Verify the contents of the header.  Note - we have to
2207
         extract the values this way in order to allow for a
2208
         host whose endian-ness is different from the target.  */
2209
      datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
2210
      if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
2211
        goto fail;
2212
 
2213
      datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
2214
      if (datum != 0x2)
2215
        goto fail;
2216
 
2217
      if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
2218
        goto fail;
2219
 
2220
      /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries.  */
2221
      datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
2222
      if (datum + 20 != length)
2223
        goto fail;
2224
 
2225
      /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers.  */
2226
      for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
2227
        apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
2228
    }
2229
 
2230
  error_message = NULL;
2231
 
2232
  if (apuinfo_set)
2233
    {
2234
      /* Compute the size of the output section.  */
2235
      unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
2236
 
2237
      /* Set the output section size, if it exists.  */
2238
      asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
2239
 
2240
      if (asec && ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
2241
        {
2242
          ibfd = abfd;
2243
          error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %B");
2244
        }
2245
    }
2246
 
2247
 fail:
2248
  if (buffer)
2249
    free (buffer);
2250
 
2251
  if (error_message)
2252
    (*_bfd_error_handler) (error_message, ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
2253
}
2254
 
2255
/* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
2256
   contents.  We have already stored this in our linked list structure.  */
2257
 
2258
static bfd_boolean
2259
ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2260
                       struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2261
                       asection *asec,
2262
                       bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2263
{
2264
  return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
2265
}
2266
 
2267
/* Finally we can generate the output section.  */
2268
 
2269
static void
2270
ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2271
{
2272
  bfd_byte *buffer;
2273
  asection *asec;
2274
  unsigned i;
2275
  unsigned num_entries;
2276
  bfd_size_type length;
2277
 
2278
  asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
2279
  if (asec == NULL)
2280
    return;
2281
 
2282
  if (!apuinfo_set)
2283
    return;
2284
 
2285
  length = asec->size;
2286
  if (length < 20)
2287
    return;
2288
 
2289
  buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
2290
  if (buffer == NULL)
2291
    {
2292
      (*_bfd_error_handler)
2293
        (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section."));
2294
      return;
2295
    }
2296
 
2297
  /* Create the apuinfo header.  */
2298
  num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
2299
  bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
2300
  bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
2301
  bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
2302
  strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
2303
 
2304
  length = 20;
2305
  for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
2306
    {
2307
      bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
2308
      length += 4;
2309
    }
2310
 
2311
  if (length != asec->size)
2312
    (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section."));
2313
 
2314
  if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
2315
    (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("failed to install new APUinfo section."));
2316
 
2317
  free (buffer);
2318
 
2319
  apuinfo_list_finish ();
2320
}
2321
 
2322
static bfd_boolean
2323
is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
2324
{
2325
  bfd_byte buf[GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE];
2326
 
2327
  if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE))
2328
    return FALSE;
2329
 
2330
  return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
2331
          && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
2332
          && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
2333
          && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
2334
}
2335
 
2336
static bfd_boolean
2337
section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
2338
{
2339
  bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
2340
  return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2341
          && section->vma <= vma
2342
          && vma < section->vma + section->size);
2343
}
2344
 
2345
static long
2346
ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
2347
                              long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
2348
                              asymbol **ret)
2349
{
2350
  bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
2351
  asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
2352
  bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
2353
  bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
2354
  bfd_vma stub_vma;
2355
  asymbol *s;
2356
  arelent *p;
2357
  long count, i;
2358
  size_t size;
2359
  char *names;
2360
  bfd_byte buf[4];
2361
 
2362
  *ret = NULL;
2363
 
2364
  if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
2365
    return 0;
2366
 
2367
  if (dynsymcount <= 0)
2368
    return 0;
2369
 
2370
  relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
2371
  if (relplt == NULL)
2372
    return 0;
2373
 
2374
  plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
2375
  if (plt == NULL)
2376
    return 0;
2377
 
2378
  /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs.  */
2379
  if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
2380
    return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
2381
                                          dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
2382
 
2383
  /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
2384
     of .glink at got[1].  If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero.  */
2385
  dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
2386
  if (dynamic != NULL)
2387
    {
2388
      bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
2389
      size_t extdynsize;
2390
      void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
2391
 
2392
      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
2393
        return -1;
2394
 
2395
      extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
2396
      swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
2397
 
2398
      extdyn = dynbuf;
2399
      extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size;
2400
      for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
2401
        {
2402
          Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
2403
          (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
2404
 
2405
          if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
2406
            break;
2407
 
2408
          if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
2409
            {
2410
              unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
2411
              asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
2412
              if (got != NULL
2413
                  && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
2414
                                               g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
2415
                glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
2416
              break;
2417
            }
2418
        }
2419
      free (dynbuf);
2420
    }
2421
 
2422
  /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry.  */
2423
  if (glink_vma == 0)
2424
    {
2425
      if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
2426
        glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
2427
    }
2428
 
2429
  if (glink_vma == 0)
2430
    return 0;
2431
 
2432
  /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2433
     link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2434
     glink stubs now reside.  */
2435
  glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
2436
  if (glink == NULL)
2437
    return 0;
2438
 
2439
  /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
2440
     from the first glink stub.  */
2441
  if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
2442
                                glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
2443
    {
2444
      unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
2445
 
2446
      /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ...  */
2447
      insn ^= B;
2448
      if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2449
        resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2450
 
2451
      /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs.  */
2452
      else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
2453
        for (i = 4;
2454
             bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
2455
                                       glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
2456
             i += 4)
2457
          if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
2458
            {
2459
              resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
2460
              break;
2461
            }
2462
    }
2463
 
2464
  count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2465
  stub_vma = glink_vma - (bfd_vma) count * 16;
2466
  /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
2467
     multiple stubs for each plt entry.  If that is the case then
2468
     there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
2469
     of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.  */
2470
  if (!is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink,
2471
                             glink_vma - GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE - glink->vma))
2472
    return 0;
2473
 
2474
  slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
2475
  if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
2476
    return -1;
2477
 
2478
  size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
2479
  p = relplt->relocation;
2480
  for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
2481
    {
2482
      size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
2483
      if (p->addend != 0)
2484
        size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
2485
    }
2486
 
2487
  size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
2488
 
2489
  if (resolv_vma)
2490
    size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2491
 
2492
  s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
2493
  if (s == NULL)
2494
    return -1;
2495
 
2496
  names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
2497
  p = relplt->relocation;
2498
  for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
2499
    {
2500
      size_t len;
2501
 
2502
      *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
2503
      /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set.  Since
2504
         we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set.  */
2505
      if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
2506
        s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
2507
      s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2508
      s->section = glink;
2509
      s->value = stub_vma - glink->vma;
2510
      s->name = names;
2511
      s->udata.p = NULL;
2512
      len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
2513
      memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
2514
      names += len;
2515
      if (p->addend != 0)
2516
        {
2517
          memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2518
          names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2519
          bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
2520
          names += strlen (names);
2521
        }
2522
      memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2523
      names += sizeof ("@plt");
2524
      ++s;
2525
      stub_vma += 16;
2526
    }
2527
 
2528
  /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table.  */
2529
  memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2530
  s->the_bfd = abfd;
2531
  s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2532
  s->section = glink;
2533
  s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
2534
  s->name = names;
2535
  memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
2536
  names += sizeof ("__glink");
2537
  s++;
2538
  count++;
2539
 
2540
  if (resolv_vma)
2541
    {
2542
      /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver.  */
2543
      memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2544
      s->the_bfd = abfd;
2545
      s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2546
      s->section = glink;
2547
      s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2548
      s->name = names;
2549
      memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2550
      names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2551
      s++;
2552
      count++;
2553
    }
2554
 
2555
  return count;
2556
}
2557
 
2558
/* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2559
   functions above are used generally.  They appear in this file more
2560
   or less in the order in which they are called.  eg.
2561
   ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2562
   ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2563
   called.  */
2564
 
2565
/* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol.  We might need more
2566
   than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary.  */
2567
struct plt_entry
2568
{
2569
  struct plt_entry *next;
2570
 
2571
  /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2572
     This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2573
     GOT pointer reg.  It will always be at least 32768.  (Current
2574
     gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2575
     sections together resulting in larger offsets).  */
2576
  bfd_vma addend;
2577
 
2578
  /* The .got2 section.  */
2579
  asection *sec;
2580
 
2581
  /* PLT refcount or offset.  */
2582
  union
2583
    {
2584
      bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2585
      bfd_vma offset;
2586
    } plt;
2587
 
2588
  /* .glink stub offset.  */
2589
  bfd_vma glink_offset;
2590
};
2591
 
2592
/* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this function
2593
   selects those that must be copied when linking a shared library,
2594
   even when the symbol is local.  */
2595
 
2596
static int
2597
must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2598
                   enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2599
{
2600
  switch (r_type)
2601
    {
2602
    default:
2603
      return 1;
2604
 
2605
    case R_PPC_REL24:
2606
    case R_PPC_REL14:
2607
    case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
2608
    case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
2609
    case R_PPC_REL32:
2610
      return 0;
2611
 
2612
    case R_PPC_TPREL32:
2613
    case R_PPC_TPREL16:
2614
    case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
2615
    case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
2616
    case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
2617
      return !info->executable;
2618
    }
2619
}
2620
 
2621
/* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2622
   copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2623
   section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2624
   shared lib.  */
2625
#define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2626
 
2627
/* PPC ELF linker hash entry.  */
2628
 
2629
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2630
{
2631
  struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
2632
 
2633
  /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2634
     specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2635
     from the beginning of the section.  */
2636
  elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
2637
 
2638
  /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
2639
  struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2640
 
2641
  /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
2642
     TLS_GD .. TLS_TLS bits are or'd into the mask as the
2643
     corresponding relocs are encountered during check_relocs.
2644
     tls_optimize clears TLS_GD .. TLS_TPREL when optimizing to
2645
     indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not needed.  */
2646
#define TLS_GD           1      /* GD reloc. */
2647
#define TLS_LD           2      /* LD reloc. */
2648
#define TLS_TPREL        4      /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2649
#define TLS_DTPREL       8      /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2650
#define TLS_TLS         16      /* Any TLS reloc.  */
2651
#define TLS_TPRELGD     32      /* TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2652
#define PLT_IFUNC       64      /* STT_GNU_IFUNC.  */
2653
  char tls_mask;
2654
 
2655
  /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2656
     symbol.  */
2657
  unsigned char has_sda_refs;
2658
};
2659
 
2660
#define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2661
 
2662
/* PPC ELF linker hash table.  */
2663
 
2664
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2665
{
2666
  struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
2667
 
2668
  /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
2669
  asection *got;
2670
  asection *relgot;
2671
  asection *glink;
2672
  asection *plt;
2673
  asection *relplt;
2674
  asection *iplt;
2675
  asection *reliplt;
2676
  asection *dynbss;
2677
  asection *relbss;
2678
  asection *dynsbss;
2679
  asection *relsbss;
2680
  elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
2681
  asection *sbss;
2682
 
2683
  /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks.  */
2684
  asection *srelplt2;
2685
 
2686
  /* The .got.plt section (VxWorks only)*/
2687
  asection *sgotplt;
2688
 
2689
  /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr.  */
2690
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
2691
 
2692
  /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT.  */
2693
  bfd *old_bfd;
2694
 
2695
  /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling.  */
2696
  union {
2697
    bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2698
    bfd_vma offset;
2699
  } tlsld_got;
2700
 
2701
  /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink.  */
2702
  bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
2703
 
2704
  /* Size of reserved GOT entries.  */
2705
  unsigned int got_header_size;
2706
  /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap.  */
2707
  unsigned int got_gap;
2708
 
2709
  /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use.  */
2710
  enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
2711
 
2712
  /* Set if we should emit symbols for stubs.  */
2713
  unsigned int emit_stub_syms:1;
2714
 
2715
  /* Set if __tls_get_addr optimization should not be done.  */
2716
  unsigned int no_tls_get_addr_opt:1;
2717
 
2718
  /* True if the target system is VxWorks.  */
2719
  unsigned int is_vxworks:1;
2720
 
2721
  /* The size of PLT entries.  */
2722
  int plt_entry_size;
2723
  /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots.  */
2724
  int plt_slot_size;
2725
  /* The size of the first PLT entry.  */
2726
  int plt_initial_entry_size;
2727
 
2728
  /* Small local sym cache.  */
2729
  struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2730
};
2731
 
2732
/* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2733
   are used here.  */
2734
 
2735
/* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations.  */
2736
#define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2737
 
2738
/* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr.  */
2739
#define has_tls_get_addr_call sec_flg1
2740
 
2741
/* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
2742
 
2743
#define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2744
  (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2745
  == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2746
 
2747
/* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table.  */
2748
 
2749
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2750
ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2751
                           struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2752
                           const char *string)
2753
{
2754
  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2755
     subclass.  */
2756
  if (entry == NULL)
2757
    {
2758
      entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2759
                                 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
2760
      if (entry == NULL)
2761
        return entry;
2762
    }
2763
 
2764
  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
2765
  entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
2766
  if (entry != NULL)
2767
    {
2768
      ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
2769
      ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2770
      ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
2771
      ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
2772
    }
2773
 
2774
  return entry;
2775
}
2776
 
2777
/* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table.  */
2778
 
2779
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2780
ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2781
{
2782
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
2783
 
2784
  ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
2785
  if (ret == NULL)
2786
    return NULL;
2787
 
2788
  if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
2789
                                      ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2790
                                      sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
2791
                                      PPC32_ELF_DATA))
2792
    {
2793
      free (ret);
2794
      return NULL;
2795
    }
2796
 
2797
  ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
2798
  ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
2799
  ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
2800
  ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
2801
 
2802
  ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
2803
  ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
2804
  ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
2805
 
2806
  ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
2807
  ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
2808
  ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
2809
 
2810
  ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
2811
  ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
2812
  ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
2813
 
2814
  return &ret->elf.root;
2815
}
2816
 
2817
/* Create .got and the related sections.  */
2818
 
2819
static bfd_boolean
2820
ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2821
{
2822
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2823
  asection *s;
2824
  flagword flags;
2825
 
2826
  if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
2827
    return FALSE;
2828
 
2829
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2830
  htab->got = s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
2831
  if (s == NULL)
2832
    abort ();
2833
 
2834
  if (htab->is_vxworks)
2835
    {
2836
      htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got.plt");
2837
      if (!htab->sgotplt)
2838
        abort ();
2839
    }
2840
  else
2841
    {
2842
      /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it.  Mark it
2843
         executable.  */
2844
      flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2845
               | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2846
      if (!bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
2847
        return FALSE;
2848
    }
2849
 
2850
  htab->relgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.got");
2851
  if (!htab->relgot)
2852
    abort ();
2853
 
2854
  return TRUE;
2855
}
2856
 
2857
static bfd_boolean
2858
ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2859
{
2860
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2861
  asection *s;
2862
  flagword flags;
2863
 
2864
  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2865
           | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2866
  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
2867
  htab->glink = s;
2868
  if (s == NULL
2869
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
2870
    return FALSE;
2871
 
2872
  flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2873
  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
2874
  htab->iplt = s;
2875
  if (s == NULL
2876
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
2877
    return FALSE;
2878
 
2879
  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2880
           | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2881
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
2882
  htab->reliplt = s;
2883
  if (s == NULL
2884
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
2885
    return FALSE;
2886
  return TRUE;
2887
}
2888
 
2889
/* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2890
   to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2891
   to create .dynbss and .rela.bss).  */
2892
 
2893
static bfd_boolean
2894
ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2895
{
2896
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2897
  asection *s;
2898
  flagword flags;
2899
 
2900
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2901
 
2902
  if (htab->got == NULL
2903
      && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
2904
    return FALSE;
2905
 
2906
  if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
2907
    return FALSE;
2908
 
2909
  if (htab->glink == NULL
2910
      && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
2911
    return FALSE;
2912
 
2913
  htab->dynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
2914
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
2915
                                   SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2916
  htab->dynsbss = s;
2917
  if (s == NULL)
2918
    return FALSE;
2919
 
2920
  if (! info->shared)
2921
    {
2922
      htab->relbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
2923
      flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2924
               | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2925
      s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
2926
      htab->relsbss = s;
2927
      if (s == NULL
2928
          || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
2929
        return FALSE;
2930
    }
2931
 
2932
  if (htab->is_vxworks
2933
      && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2934
    return FALSE;
2935
 
2936
  htab->relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
2937
  htab->plt = s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
2938
  if (s == NULL)
2939
    abort ();
2940
 
2941
  flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2942
  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
2943
    /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents.  */
2944
    flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
2945
  return bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags);
2946
}
2947
 
2948
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
2949
 
2950
static void
2951
ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2952
                              struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
2953
                              struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
2954
{
2955
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
2956
 
2957
  edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
2958
  eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
2959
 
2960
  if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2961
    {
2962
      if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2963
        {
2964
          struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2965
          struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2966
 
2967
          /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2968
             list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
2969
          for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2970
            {
2971
              struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
2972
 
2973
              for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
2974
                if (q->sec == p->sec)
2975
                  {
2976
                    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
2977
                    q->count += p->count;
2978
                    *pp = p->next;
2979
                    break;
2980
                  }
2981
              if (q == NULL)
2982
                pp = &p->next;
2983
            }
2984
          *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
2985
        }
2986
 
2987
      edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
2988
      eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2989
    }
2990
 
2991
  edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
2992
  edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
2993
 
2994
  /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
2995
     of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
2996
     We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
2997
  if (!(ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
2998
        && eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
2999
        && edir->elf.dynamic_adjusted))
3000
    edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
3001
 
3002
  edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
3003
  edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
3004
  edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
3005
  edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
3006
  edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
3007
 
3008
  /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all.  */
3009
  if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
3010
    return;
3011
 
3012
  /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
3013
     the symbol which just became indirect.  */
3014
  edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
3015
  eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
3016
 
3017
  /* And plt entries.  */
3018
  if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
3019
    {
3020
      if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
3021
        {
3022
          struct plt_entry **entp;
3023
          struct plt_entry *ent;
3024
 
3025
          for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
3026
            {
3027
              struct plt_entry *dent;
3028
 
3029
              for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
3030
                if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
3031
                  {
3032
                    dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
3033
                    *entp = ent->next;
3034
                    break;
3035
                  }
3036
              if (dent == NULL)
3037
                entp = &ent->next;
3038
            }
3039
          *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
3040
        }
3041
 
3042
      edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
3043
      eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
3044
    }
3045
 
3046
  if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
3047
    {
3048
      if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
3049
        _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
3050
                                edir->elf.dynstr_index);
3051
      edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
3052
      edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
3053
      eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
3054
      eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
3055
    }
3056
}
3057
 
3058
/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
3059
   file.  We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss.  */
3060
 
3061
static bfd_boolean
3062
ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
3063
                         struct bfd_link_info *info,
3064
                         Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
3065
                         const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3066
                         flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3067
                         asection **secp,
3068
                         bfd_vma *valp)
3069
{
3070
  if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
3071
      && !info->relocatable
3072
      && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
3073
      && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
3074
    {
3075
      /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
3076
         put into .sbss.  */
3077
      struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3078
 
3079
      htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3080
      if (htab->sbss == NULL)
3081
        {
3082
          flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
3083
 
3084
          if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
3085
            htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3086
 
3087
          htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
3088
                                                           ".sbss",
3089
                                                           flags);
3090
          if (htab->sbss == NULL)
3091
            return FALSE;
3092
        }
3093
 
3094
      *secp = htab->sbss;
3095
      *valp = sym->st_size;
3096
    }
3097
 
3098
  if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0
3099
      && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
3100
          || ELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_GNU_UNIQUE))
3101
    elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols = TRUE;
3102
 
3103
  return TRUE;
3104
}
3105
 
3106
static bfd_boolean
3107
create_sdata_sym (struct bfd_link_info *info, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
3108
{
3109
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3110
 
3111
  lsect->sym = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, lsect->sym_name,
3112
                                     TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3113
  if (lsect->sym == NULL)
3114
    return FALSE;
3115
  if (lsect->sym->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3116
    lsect->sym->non_elf = 0;
3117
  lsect->sym->ref_regular = 1;
3118
  _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, lsect->sym, TRUE);
3119
  return TRUE;
3120
}
3121
 
3122
/* Create a special linker section.  */
3123
 
3124
static bfd_boolean
3125
ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
3126
                               struct bfd_link_info *info,
3127
                               flagword flags,
3128
                               elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
3129
{
3130
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3131
  asection *s;
3132
 
3133
  flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
3134
            | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
3135
 
3136
  /* Record the first bfd that needs the special sections.  */
3137
  if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
3138
    htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3139
 
3140
  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
3141
                                          lsect->name,
3142
                                          flags);
3143
  if (s == NULL
3144
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj, s, 2))
3145
    return FALSE;
3146
  lsect->section = s;
3147
 
3148
  return create_sdata_sym (info, lsect);
3149
}
3150
 
3151
/* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type.  */
3152
 
3153
static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
3154
elf_find_pointer_linker_section
3155
  (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
3156
   bfd_vma addend,
3157
   elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
3158
{
3159
  for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
3160
    if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
3161
      return linker_pointers;
3162
 
3163
  return NULL;
3164
}
3165
 
3166
/* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section.  */
3167
 
3168
static bfd_boolean
3169
elf_create_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
3170
                                   elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
3171
                                   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3172
                                   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
3173
{
3174
  elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
3175
  elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
3176
  unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3177
  bfd_size_type amt;
3178
 
3179
  BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
3180
 
3181
  /* Is this a global symbol?  */
3182
  if (h != NULL)
3183
    {
3184
      struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
3185
 
3186
      /* Has this symbol already been allocated?  If so, our work is done.  */
3187
      eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3188
      if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
3189
                                           rel->r_addend,
3190
                                           lsect))
3191
        return TRUE;
3192
 
3193
      ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
3194
    }
3195
  else
3196
    {
3197
      BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
3198
 
3199
      /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol.  */
3200
      elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
3201
 
3202
      /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time.  */
3203
      if (!ptr)
3204
        {
3205
          unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
3206
 
3207
          amt = num_symbols;
3208
          amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
3209
          ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3210
 
3211
          if (!ptr)
3212
            return FALSE;
3213
 
3214
          elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
3215
        }
3216
 
3217
      /* Has this symbol already been allocated?  If so, our work is done.  */
3218
      if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
3219
                                           rel->r_addend,
3220
                                           lsect))
3221
        return TRUE;
3222
 
3223
      ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
3224
    }
3225
 
3226
  /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
3227
     a new pointer record from internal memory.  */
3228
  BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
3229
  amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
3230
  linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
3231
 
3232
  if (!linker_section_ptr)
3233
    return FALSE;
3234
 
3235
  linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
3236
  linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
3237
  linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
3238
  *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
3239
 
3240
  linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
3241
  lsect->section->size += 4;
3242
 
3243
#ifdef DEBUG
3244
  fprintf (stderr,
3245
           "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
3246
           lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
3247
           (long) lsect->section->size);
3248
#endif
3249
 
3250
  return TRUE;
3251
}
3252
 
3253
static struct plt_entry **
3254
update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
3255
                       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
3256
                       unsigned long r_symndx,
3257
                       int tls_type)
3258
{
3259
  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
3260
  struct plt_entry **local_plt;
3261
  char *local_got_tls_masks;
3262
 
3263
  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
3264
    {
3265
      bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3266
 
3267
      size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
3268
               + sizeof (*local_plt)
3269
               + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
3270
      local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
3271
      if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
3272
        return NULL;
3273
      elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
3274
    }
3275
 
3276
  local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
3277
  local_got_tls_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
3278
  local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type;
3279
  if (tls_type != PLT_IFUNC)
3280
    local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
3281
  return local_plt + r_symndx;
3282
}
3283
 
3284
static bfd_boolean
3285
update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
3286
                 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
3287
{
3288
  struct plt_entry *ent;
3289
 
3290
  if (addend < 32768)
3291
    sec = NULL;
3292
  for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
3293
    if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
3294
      break;
3295
  if (ent == NULL)
3296
    {
3297
      bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*ent);
3298
      ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
3299
      if (ent == NULL)
3300
        return FALSE;
3301
      ent->next = *plist;
3302
      ent->sec = sec;
3303
      ent->addend = addend;
3304
      ent->plt.refcount = 0;
3305
      *plist = ent;
3306
    }
3307
  ent->plt.refcount += 1;
3308
  return TRUE;
3309
}
3310
 
3311
static struct plt_entry *
3312
find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
3313
{
3314
  struct plt_entry *ent;
3315
 
3316
  if (addend < 32768)
3317
    sec = NULL;
3318
  for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
3319
    if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
3320
      break;
3321
  return ent;
3322
}
3323
 
3324
static bfd_boolean
3325
is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
3326
{
3327
  return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3328
          || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
3329
          || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
3330
          || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
3331
          || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
3332
          || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
3333
          || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
3334
          || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
3335
          || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
3336
          || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN);
3337
}
3338
 
3339
static void
3340
bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
3341
{
3342
  (*_bfd_error_handler)
3343
    (_("%B: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
3344
     abfd,
3345
     ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
3346
  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3347
}
3348
 
3349
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
3350
   allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
3351
   table.  */
3352
 
3353
static bfd_boolean
3354
ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
3355
                      struct bfd_link_info *info,
3356
                      asection *sec,
3357
                      const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
3358
{
3359
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3360
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3361
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3362
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
3363
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
3364
  asection *got2, *sreloc;
3365
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
3366
 
3367
  if (info->relocatable)
3368
    return TRUE;
3369
 
3370
  /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
3371
     In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
3372
     and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
3373
     or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
3374
     relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
3375
     libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate.  */
3376
  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
3377
    return TRUE;
3378
 
3379
#ifdef DEBUG
3380
  _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %A in %B",
3381
                      sec, abfd);
3382
#endif
3383
 
3384
  BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
3385
 
3386
  /* Initialize howto table if not already done.  */
3387
  if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
3388
    ppc_elf_howto_init ();
3389
 
3390
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3391
  if (htab->glink == NULL)
3392
    {
3393
      if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3394
        htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3395
      if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3396
        return FALSE;
3397
    }
3398
  tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
3399
                              FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3400
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
3401
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
3402
  got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
3403
  sreloc = NULL;
3404
 
3405
  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
3406
  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
3407
    {
3408
      unsigned long r_symndx;
3409
      enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
3410
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3411
      int tls_type;
3412
 
3413
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3414
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3415
        h = NULL;
3416
      else
3417
        {
3418
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
3419
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3420
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3421
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3422
        }
3423
 
3424
      /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
3425
         This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
3426
         startup code.  */
3427
      if (h != NULL
3428
          && htab->got == NULL
3429
          && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
3430
        {
3431
          if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3432
            htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3433
          if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3434
            return FALSE;
3435
          BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
3436
        }
3437
 
3438
      tls_type = 0;
3439
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3440
      if (h == NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)
3441
        {
3442
          Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3443
                                                          abfd, r_symndx);
3444
          if (isym == NULL)
3445
            return FALSE;
3446
 
3447
          if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
3448
              && (!info->shared
3449
                  || is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
3450
            {
3451
              struct plt_entry **ifunc;
3452
              bfd_vma addend;
3453
 
3454
              ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3455
                                             PLT_IFUNC);
3456
              if (ifunc == NULL)
3457
                return FALSE;
3458
 
3459
              /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
3460
                 In a non-pie executable even when there are
3461
                 no plt calls.  */
3462
              addend = 0;
3463
              if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3464
                {
3465
                  ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3466
                  if (info->shared)
3467
                    addend = rel->r_addend;
3468
                }
3469
              if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
3470
                return FALSE;
3471
            }
3472
        }
3473
 
3474
      if (!htab->is_vxworks
3475
          && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
3476
          && h != NULL
3477
          && h == tga)
3478
        {
3479
          if (rel != relocs
3480
              && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3481
                  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
3482
            /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3483
               reloc.  */
3484
            ;
3485
          else
3486
            /* Mark this section as having an old-style call.  */
3487
            sec->has_tls_get_addr_call = 1;
3488
        }
3489
 
3490
      switch (r_type)
3491
        {
3492
        case R_PPC_TLSGD:
3493
        case R_PPC_TLSLD:
3494
          /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3495
             its parameter symbol.  */
3496
          break;
3497
 
3498
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
3499
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
3500
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
3501
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
3502
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
3503
          goto dogottls;
3504
 
3505
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
3506
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
3507
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
3508
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
3509
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
3510
          goto dogottls;
3511
 
3512
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
3513
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
3514
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
3515
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
3516
          if (!info->executable)
3517
            info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3518
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
3519
          goto dogottls;
3520
 
3521
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
3522
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
3523
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
3524
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
3525
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
3526
        dogottls:
3527
          sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3528
          /* Fall thru */
3529
 
3530
          /* GOT16 relocations */
3531
        case R_PPC_GOT16:
3532
        case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
3533
        case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
3534
        case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
3535
          /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
3536
          if (htab->got == NULL)
3537
            {
3538
              if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3539
                htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3540
              if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3541
                return FALSE;
3542
            }
3543
          if (h != NULL)
3544
            {
3545
              h->got.refcount += 1;
3546
              ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
3547
            }
3548
          else
3549
            /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
3550
            if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
3551
              return FALSE;
3552
 
3553
          /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3554
             an ifunc.  */
3555
          if (h != NULL && !info->shared)
3556
            {
3557
              if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3558
                return FALSE;
3559
            }
3560
          break;
3561
 
3562
          /* Indirect .sdata relocation.  */
3563
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
3564
          if (info->shared)
3565
            {
3566
              bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3567
              return FALSE;
3568
            }
3569
          if (htab->sdata[0].section == NULL
3570
              && !ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
3571
                                                 &htab->sdata[0]))
3572
            return FALSE;
3573
          if (!elf_create_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
3574
                                                  h, rel))
3575
            return FALSE;
3576
          if (h != NULL)
3577
            {
3578
              ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3579
              h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3580
            }
3581
          break;
3582
 
3583
          /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation.  */
3584
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
3585
          if (info->shared)
3586
            {
3587
              bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3588
              return FALSE;
3589
            }
3590
          if (htab->sdata[1].section == NULL
3591
              && !ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
3592
                                                 &htab->sdata[1]))
3593
            return FALSE;
3594
          if (!elf_create_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
3595
                                                  h, rel))
3596
            return FALSE;
3597
          if (h != NULL)
3598
            {
3599
              ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3600
              h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3601
            }
3602
          break;
3603
 
3604
        case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
3605
          if (htab->sdata[0].sym == NULL
3606
              && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[0]))
3607
            return FALSE;
3608
          if (h != NULL)
3609
            {
3610
              ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3611
              h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3612
            }
3613
          break;
3614
 
3615
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
3616
          if (info->shared)
3617
            {
3618
              bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3619
              return FALSE;
3620
            }
3621
          if (htab->sdata[1].sym == NULL
3622
              && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[1]))
3623
            return FALSE;
3624
          if (h != NULL)
3625
            {
3626
              ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3627
              h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3628
            }
3629
          break;
3630
 
3631
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
3632
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
3633
          if (info->shared)
3634
            {
3635
              bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3636
              return FALSE;
3637
            }
3638
          if (htab->sdata[0].sym == NULL
3639
              && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[0]))
3640
            return FALSE;
3641
          if (htab->sdata[1].sym == NULL
3642
              && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[1]))
3643
            return FALSE;
3644
          if (h != NULL)
3645
            {
3646
              ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3647
              h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3648
            }
3649
          break;
3650
 
3651
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
3652
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
3653
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
3654
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
3655
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
3656
          if (info->shared)
3657
            {
3658
              bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3659
              return FALSE;
3660
            }
3661
          if (h != NULL)
3662
            h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3663
          break;
3664
 
3665
        case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
3666
          if (h == NULL)
3667
            break;
3668
          /* Fall through */
3669
        case R_PPC_PLT32:
3670
        case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
3671
        case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
3672
        case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
3673
        case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
3674
#ifdef DEBUG
3675
          fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3676
#endif
3677
          /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
3678
             actually build the entry in finish_dynamic_symbol,
3679
             because this might be a case of linking PIC code without
3680
             linking in any dynamic objects, in which case we don't
3681
             need to generate a procedure linkage table after all.  */
3682
 
3683
          if (h == NULL)
3684
            {
3685
              /* It does not make sense to have a procedure linkage
3686
                 table entry for a local symbol.  */
3687
              info->callbacks->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc against local symbol\n"),
3688
                                      abfd, sec, rel->r_offset,
3689
                                      ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
3690
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3691
              return FALSE;
3692
            }
3693
          else
3694
            {
3695
              bfd_vma addend = 0;
3696
 
3697
              if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3698
                {
3699
                  ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3700
                  if (info->shared)
3701
                    addend = rel->r_addend;
3702
                }
3703
              h->needs_plt = 1;
3704
              if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, got2, addend))
3705
                return FALSE;
3706
            }
3707
          break;
3708
 
3709
          /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3710
             relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3711
             section relative.  */
3712
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
3713
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
3714
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
3715
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
3716
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
3717
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
3718
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
3719
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
3720
        case R_PPC_TOC16:
3721
          break;
3722
 
3723
        case R_PPC_REL16:
3724
        case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
3725
        case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
3726
        case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
3727
          ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
3728
          break;
3729
 
3730
          /* These are just markers.  */
3731
        case R_PPC_TLS:
3732
        case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
3733
        case R_PPC_NONE:
3734
        case R_PPC_max:
3735
        case R_PPC_RELAX:
3736
        case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
3737
        case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
3738
          break;
3739
 
3740
          /* These should only appear in dynamic objects.  */
3741
        case R_PPC_COPY:
3742
        case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
3743
        case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
3744
        case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
3745
        case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
3746
          break;
3747
 
3748
          /* These aren't handled yet.  We'll report an error later.  */
3749
        case R_PPC_ADDR30:
3750
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
3751
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
3752
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
3753
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
3754
        case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
3755
          break;
3756
 
3757
          /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library.  */
3758
        case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
3759
          if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3760
            {
3761
              htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3762
              htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3763
            }
3764
          break;
3765
 
3766
          /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3767
             Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
3768
        case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3769
          if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
3770
            return FALSE;
3771
          break;
3772
 
3773
          /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3774
             used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
3775
        case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
3776
          BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
3777
          if (h != NULL
3778
              && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
3779
            return FALSE;
3780
          break;
3781
 
3782
          /* We shouldn't really be seeing these.  */
3783
        case R_PPC_TPREL32:
3784
        case R_PPC_TPREL16:
3785
        case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
3786
        case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
3787
        case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
3788
          if (!info->executable)
3789
            info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3790
          goto dodyn;
3791
 
3792
          /* Nor these.  */
3793
        case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
3794
        case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
3795
          goto dodyn;
3796
 
3797
        case R_PPC_REL32:
3798
          if (h == NULL
3799
              && got2 != NULL
3800
              && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
3801
              && info->shared
3802
              && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3803
            {
3804
              /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3805
                 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3806
                 reference to .got2.  If we detect one of these, then
3807
                 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3808
                 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3809
                 PLT call stubs.  */
3810
              asection *s;
3811
              Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3812
 
3813
              isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3814
                                            abfd, r_symndx);
3815
              if (isym == NULL)
3816
                return FALSE;
3817
 
3818
              s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3819
              if (s == got2)
3820
                {
3821
                  htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3822
                  htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3823
                }
3824
            }
3825
          if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
3826
            break;
3827
          /* fall through */
3828
 
3829
        case R_PPC_ADDR32:
3830
        case R_PPC_ADDR16:
3831
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
3832
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
3833
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
3834
        case R_PPC_UADDR32:
3835
        case R_PPC_UADDR16:
3836
          if (h != NULL && !info->shared)
3837
            {
3838
              /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3839
                 a function defined in a dynamic object.  */
3840
              if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3841
                return FALSE;
3842
 
3843
              /* We may need a copy reloc too.  */
3844
              h->non_got_ref = 1;
3845
              h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
3846
            }
3847
          goto dodyn;
3848
 
3849
        case R_PPC_REL24:
3850
        case R_PPC_REL14:
3851
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
3852
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
3853
          if (h == NULL)
3854
            break;
3855
          if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
3856
            {
3857
              if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3858
                {
3859
                  htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3860
                  htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3861
                }
3862
              break;
3863
            }
3864
          /* fall through */
3865
 
3866
        case R_PPC_ADDR24:
3867
        case R_PPC_ADDR14:
3868
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
3869
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
3870
          if (h != NULL && !info->shared)
3871
            {
3872
              /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3873
                 a function defined in a dynamic object.  */
3874
              h->needs_plt = 1;
3875
              if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3876
                return FALSE;
3877
              break;
3878
            }
3879
 
3880
        dodyn:
3881
          /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3882
             against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3883
             against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3884
             into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
3885
             -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3886
             global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3887
             including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
3888
             this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3889
             possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3890
             later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak definition,
3891
             DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3892
             a shared library.  We account for that possibility below by
3893
             storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3894
             table entry.  A similar situation occurs when creating
3895
             shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3896
             symbol local.
3897
 
3898
             If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3899
             may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3900
             dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3901
             symbol.  */
3902
          if ((info->shared
3903
               && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
3904
                   || (h != NULL
3905
                       && (! info->symbolic
3906
                           || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3907
                           || !h->def_regular))))
3908
              || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3909
                  && !info->shared
3910
                  && h != NULL
3911
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3912
                      || !h->def_regular)))
3913
            {
3914
              struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3915
              struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3916
 
3917
#ifdef DEBUG
3918
              fprintf (stderr,
3919
                       "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3920
                       "create relocation for %s\n",
3921
                       (h && h->root.root.string
3922
                        ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
3923
#endif
3924
              if (sreloc == NULL)
3925
                {
3926
                  if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3927
                    htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3928
 
3929
                  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3930
                    (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
3931
 
3932
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
3933
                    return FALSE;
3934
                }
3935
 
3936
              /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3937
                 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
3938
              if (h != NULL)
3939
                {
3940
                  rel_head = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs;
3941
                }
3942
              else
3943
                {
3944
                  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3945
                     We really need local syms available to do this
3946
                     easily.  Oh well.  */
3947
                  asection *s;
3948
                  void *vpp;
3949
                  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3950
 
3951
                  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3952
                                                abfd, r_symndx);
3953
                  if (isym == NULL)
3954
                    return FALSE;
3955
 
3956
                  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3957
                  if (s == NULL)
3958
                    s = sec;
3959
 
3960
                  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
3961
                  rel_head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
3962
                }
3963
 
3964
              p = *rel_head;
3965
              if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
3966
                {
3967
                  p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3968
                  if (p == NULL)
3969
                    return FALSE;
3970
                  p->next = *rel_head;
3971
                  *rel_head = p;
3972
                  p->sec = sec;
3973
                  p->count = 0;
3974
                  p->pc_count = 0;
3975
                }
3976
 
3977
              p->count += 1;
3978
              if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
3979
                p->pc_count += 1;
3980
            }
3981
 
3982
          break;
3983
        }
3984
    }
3985
 
3986
  return TRUE;
3987
}
3988
 
3989
 
3990
/* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD.  Raise an error if
3991
   there are conflicting attributes.  */
3992
static bfd_boolean
3993
ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
3994
{
3995
  obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3996
  obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3997
 
3998
  if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
3999
    {
4000
      /* This is the first object.  Copy the attributes.  */
4001
      _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
4002
 
4003
      /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
4004
         initialized.  */
4005
      elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
4006
 
4007
      return TRUE;
4008
    }
4009
 
4010
  in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
4011
  out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
4012
 
4013
  /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes and merge
4014
     non-conflicting ones.  */
4015
  in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
4016
  out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
4017
  if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
4018
    {
4019
      out_attr->type = 1;
4020
      if (out_attr->i == 0)
4021
        out_attr->i = in_attr->i;
4022
      else if (in_attr->i == 0)
4023
        ;
4024
      else if (out_attr->i == 1 && in_attr->i == 2)
4025
        _bfd_error_handler
4026
          (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"), obfd, ibfd);
4027
      else if (out_attr->i == 1 && in_attr->i == 3)
4028
        _bfd_error_handler
4029
          (_("Warning: %B uses double-precision hard float, %B uses single-precision hard float"),
4030
          obfd, ibfd);
4031
      else if (out_attr->i == 3 && in_attr->i == 1)
4032
        _bfd_error_handler
4033
          (_("Warning: %B uses double-precision hard float, %B uses single-precision hard float"),
4034
          ibfd, obfd);
4035
      else if (out_attr->i == 3 && in_attr->i == 2)
4036
        _bfd_error_handler
4037
          (_("Warning: %B uses soft float, %B uses single-precision hard float"),
4038
          ibfd, obfd);
4039
      else if (out_attr->i == 2 && (in_attr->i == 1 || in_attr->i == 3))
4040
        _bfd_error_handler
4041
          (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"), ibfd, obfd);
4042
      else if (in_attr->i > 3)
4043
        _bfd_error_handler
4044
          (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd,
4045
           in_attr->i);
4046
      else
4047
        _bfd_error_handler
4048
          (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd,
4049
           out_attr->i);
4050
    }
4051
 
4052
  /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
4053
     merge non-conflicting ones.  */
4054
  in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
4055
  out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
4056
  if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
4057
    {
4058
      const char *in_abi = NULL, *out_abi = NULL;
4059
 
4060
      switch (in_attr->i)
4061
        {
4062
        case 1: in_abi = "generic"; break;
4063
        case 2: in_abi = "AltiVec"; break;
4064
        case 3: in_abi = "SPE"; break;
4065
        }
4066
 
4067
      switch (out_attr->i)
4068
        {
4069
        case 1: out_abi = "generic"; break;
4070
        case 2: out_abi = "AltiVec"; break;
4071
        case 3: out_abi = "SPE"; break;
4072
        }
4073
 
4074
      out_attr->type = 1;
4075
      if (out_attr->i == 0)
4076
        out_attr->i = in_attr->i;
4077
      else if (in_attr->i == 0)
4078
        ;
4079
      /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
4080
         without a warning.  If GCC marked files with their stack
4081
         alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
4082
         not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
4083
         case too.  */
4084
      else if (out_attr->i == 1)
4085
        out_attr->i = in_attr->i;
4086
      else if (in_attr->i == 1)
4087
        ;
4088
      else if (in_abi == NULL)
4089
        _bfd_error_handler
4090
          (_("Warning: %B uses unknown vector ABI %d"), ibfd,
4091
           in_attr->i);
4092
      else if (out_abi == NULL)
4093
        _bfd_error_handler
4094
          (_("Warning: %B uses unknown vector ABI %d"), obfd,
4095
           in_attr->i);
4096
      else
4097
        _bfd_error_handler
4098
          (_("Warning: %B uses vector ABI \"%s\", %B uses \"%s\""),
4099
           ibfd, obfd, in_abi, out_abi);
4100
    }
4101
 
4102
  /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
4103
     and merge non-conflicting ones.  */
4104
  in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
4105
  out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
4106
  if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
4107
    {
4108
      out_attr->type = 1;
4109
      if (out_attr->i == 0)
4110
       out_attr->i = in_attr->i;
4111
      else if (in_attr->i == 0)
4112
       ;
4113
      else if (out_attr->i == 1 && in_attr->i == 2)
4114
       _bfd_error_handler
4115
         (_("Warning: %B uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, %B uses memory"), obfd, ibfd);
4116
      else if (out_attr->i == 2 && in_attr->i == 1)
4117
       _bfd_error_handler
4118
         (_("Warning: %B uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, %B uses memory"), ibfd, obfd);
4119
      else if (in_attr->i > 2)
4120
       _bfd_error_handler
4121
         (_("Warning: %B uses unknown small structure return convention %d"), ibfd,
4122
          in_attr->i);
4123
      else
4124
       _bfd_error_handler
4125
         (_("Warning: %B uses unknown small structure return convention %d"), obfd,
4126
          out_attr->i);
4127
    }
4128
 
4129
  /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.  */
4130
  _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
4131
 
4132
  return TRUE;
4133
}
4134
 
4135
/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
4136
   object file when linking.  */
4137
 
4138
static bfd_boolean
4139
ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
4140
{
4141
  flagword old_flags;
4142
  flagword new_flags;
4143
  bfd_boolean error;
4144
 
4145
  if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
4146
    return TRUE;
4147
 
4148
  /* Check if we have the same endianness.  */
4149
  if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
4150
    return FALSE;
4151
 
4152
  if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
4153
    return FALSE;
4154
 
4155
  new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
4156
  old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
4157
  if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
4158
    {
4159
      /* First call, no flags set.  */
4160
      elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
4161
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
4162
    }
4163
 
4164
  /* Compatible flags are ok.  */
4165
  else if (new_flags == old_flags)
4166
    ;
4167
 
4168
  /* Incompatible flags.  */
4169
  else
4170
    {
4171
      /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch.  Allow -mrelocatable-lib
4172
         to be linked with either.  */
4173
      error = FALSE;
4174
      if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
4175
          && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
4176
        {
4177
          error = TRUE;
4178
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
4179
            (_("%B: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
4180
               "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
4181
        }
4182
      else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
4183
               && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
4184
        {
4185
          error = TRUE;
4186
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
4187
            (_("%B: compiled normally and linked with "
4188
               "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
4189
        }
4190
 
4191
      /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are.  */
4192
      if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
4193
        elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
4194
 
4195
      /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
4196
         but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib.  */
4197
      if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
4198
          && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
4199
          && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
4200
        elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
4201
 
4202
      /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
4203
         any module uses it.  */
4204
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
4205
 
4206
      new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
4207
      old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
4208
 
4209
      /* Warn about any other mismatches.  */
4210
      if (new_flags != old_flags)
4211
        {
4212
          error = TRUE;
4213
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
4214
            (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields "
4215
               "than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
4216
             ibfd, (long) new_flags, (long) old_flags);
4217
        }
4218
 
4219
      if (error)
4220
        {
4221
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4222
          return FALSE;
4223
        }
4224
    }
4225
 
4226
  return TRUE;
4227
}
4228
 
4229
/* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
4230
   Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT.  */
4231
int
4232
ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4233
                           struct bfd_link_info *info,
4234
                           enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_style,
4235
                           int emit_stub_syms)
4236
{
4237
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4238
  flagword flags;
4239
 
4240
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4241
 
4242
  htab->emit_stub_syms = emit_stub_syms;
4243
 
4244
  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4245
    {
4246
      if (plt_style == PLT_OLD)
4247
        htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4248
      else
4249
        {
4250
          bfd *ibfd;
4251
          enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = plt_style;
4252
 
4253
          /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4254
             Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4255
             without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4256
             --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs.  */
4257
          if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4258
            plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4259
          for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
4260
            if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4261
              {
4262
                if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
4263
                  plt_type = PLT_NEW;
4264
                else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
4265
                  {
4266
                    plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4267
                    htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
4268
                    break;
4269
                  }
4270
              }
4271
          htab->plt_type = plt_type;
4272
        }
4273
    }
4274
  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && plt_style == PLT_NEW)
4275
    info->callbacks->info (_("Using bss-plt due to %B"), htab->old_bfd);
4276
 
4277
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
4278
 
4279
  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
4280
    {
4281
      flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4282
               | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4283
 
4284
      /* The new PLT is a loaded section.  */
4285
      if (htab->plt != NULL
4286
          && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->plt, flags))
4287
        return -1;
4288
 
4289
      /* The new GOT is not executable.  */
4290
      if (htab->got != NULL
4291
          && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->got, flags))
4292
        return -1;
4293
    }
4294
  else
4295
    {
4296
      /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment.  */
4297
      if (htab->glink != NULL
4298
          && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink, 0))
4299
        return -1;
4300
    }
4301
  return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
4302
}
4303
 
4304
/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4305
   relocation.  */
4306
 
4307
static asection *
4308
ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
4309
                      struct bfd_link_info *info,
4310
                      Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4311
                      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4312
                      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4313
{
4314
  if (h != NULL)
4315
    switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4316
      {
4317
      case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4318
      case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
4319
        return NULL;
4320
      }
4321
 
4322
  return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
4323
}
4324
 
4325
/* Update the got, plt and dynamic reloc reference counts for the
4326
   section being removed.  */
4327
 
4328
static bfd_boolean
4329
ppc_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
4330
                       struct bfd_link_info *info,
4331
                       asection *sec,
4332
                       const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
4333
{
4334
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4335
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4336
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4337
  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
4338
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
4339
  asection *got2;
4340
 
4341
  if (info->relocatable)
4342
    return TRUE;
4343
 
4344
  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
4345
    return TRUE;
4346
 
4347
  elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
4348
 
4349
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4350
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
4351
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
4352
  local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
4353
  got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
4354
 
4355
  relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
4356
  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
4357
    {
4358
      unsigned long r_symndx;
4359
      enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4360
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4361
 
4362
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4363
      if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4364
        {
4365
          struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp, *p;
4366
          struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
4367
 
4368
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4369
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4370
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4371
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4372
          eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
4373
 
4374
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
4375
            if (p->sec == sec)
4376
              {
4377
                /* Everything must go for SEC.  */
4378
                *pp = p->next;
4379
                break;
4380
              }
4381
        }
4382
 
4383
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4384
      if (!htab->is_vxworks
4385
          && h == NULL
4386
          && local_got_refcounts != NULL
4387
          && (!info->shared
4388
              || is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
4389
        {
4390
          struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4391
            (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4392
          char *local_got_tls_masks = (char *)
4393
            (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4394
          if ((local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] & PLT_IFUNC) != 0)
4395
            {
4396
              struct plt_entry **ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
4397
              bfd_vma addend = 0;
4398
              struct plt_entry *ent;
4399
 
4400
              if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && info->shared)
4401
                addend = rel->r_addend;
4402
              ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
4403
              if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4404
                ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4405
              continue;
4406
            }
4407
        }
4408
 
4409
      switch (r_type)
4410
        {
4411
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4412
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4413
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4414
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4415
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4416
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4417
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4418
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4419
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4420
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4421
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4422
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4423
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
4424
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
4425
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
4426
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
4427
        case R_PPC_GOT16:
4428
        case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
4429
        case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
4430
        case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
4431
          if (h != NULL)
4432
            {
4433
              if (h->got.refcount > 0)
4434
                h->got.refcount--;
4435
              if (!info->shared)
4436
                {
4437
                  struct plt_entry *ent;
4438
 
4439
                  ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, NULL, 0);
4440
                  if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4441
                    ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4442
                }
4443
            }
4444
          else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
4445
            {
4446
              if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
4447
                local_got_refcounts[r_symndx]--;
4448
            }
4449
          break;
4450
 
4451
        case R_PPC_REL24:
4452
        case R_PPC_REL14:
4453
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
4454
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
4455
        case R_PPC_REL32:
4456
          if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
4457
            break;
4458
          /* Fall thru */
4459
 
4460
        case R_PPC_ADDR32:
4461
        case R_PPC_ADDR24:
4462
        case R_PPC_ADDR16:
4463
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
4464
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
4465
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
4466
        case R_PPC_ADDR14:
4467
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
4468
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
4469
        case R_PPC_UADDR32:
4470
        case R_PPC_UADDR16:
4471
          if (info->shared)
4472
            break;
4473
 
4474
        case R_PPC_PLT32:
4475
        case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
4476
        case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
4477
        case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
4478
        case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
4479
        case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
4480
          if (h != NULL)
4481
            {
4482
              bfd_vma addend = 0;
4483
              struct plt_entry *ent;
4484
 
4485
              if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && info->shared)
4486
                addend = rel->r_addend;
4487
              ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, addend);
4488
              if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4489
                ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4490
            }
4491
          break;
4492
 
4493
        default:
4494
          break;
4495
        }
4496
    }
4497
  return TRUE;
4498
}
4499
 
4500
/* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4501
   generic ELF tls_setup function.  */
4502
 
4503
asection *
4504
ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd,
4505
                   struct bfd_link_info *info,
4506
                   int no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4507
{
4508
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4509
 
4510
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4511
  htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4512
                                             FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4513
  if (!no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4514
    {
4515
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
4516
      opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4517
                                  FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4518
      if (opt != NULL
4519
          && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4520
              || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4521
        {
4522
          /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4523
             signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4524
             be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4525
             make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt.  */
4526
          tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
4527
          if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4528
              && tga != NULL
4529
              && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
4530
                  || tga->needs_plt)
4531
              && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
4532
                   || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (tga->other) != STV_DEFAULT
4533
                       && tga->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))
4534
            {
4535
              struct plt_entry *ent;
4536
              for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4537
                if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4538
                  break;
4539
              if (ent != NULL)
4540
                {
4541
                  tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
4542
                  tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
4543
                  ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
4544
                  if (opt->dynindx != -1)
4545
                    {
4546
                      /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations.  */
4547
                      opt->dynindx = -1;
4548
                      _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
4549
                                              opt->dynstr_index);
4550
                      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
4551
                        return FALSE;
4552
                    }
4553
                  htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
4554
                }
4555
            }
4556
        }
4557
      else
4558
        no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
4559
    }
4560
  htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt = no_tls_get_addr_opt;
4561
  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
4562
      && htab->plt != NULL
4563
      && htab->plt->output_section != NULL)
4564
    {
4565
      elf_section_type (htab->plt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
4566
      elf_section_flags (htab->plt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
4567
    }
4568
 
4569
  return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
4570
}
4571
 
4572
/* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4573
   HASH.  */
4574
 
4575
static bfd_boolean
4576
branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
4577
                         const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4578
                         const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
4579
{
4580
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4581
  enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4582
  unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4583
 
4584
  if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4585
    {
4586
      struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4587
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4588
 
4589
      h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4590
      while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4591
             || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4592
        h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4593
      if (h == hash)
4594
        return TRUE;
4595
    }
4596
  return FALSE;
4597
}
4598
 
4599
/* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4600
   opportunities.  */
4601
 
4602
bfd_boolean
4603
ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4604
                      struct bfd_link_info *info)
4605
{
4606
  bfd *ibfd;
4607
  asection *sec;
4608
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4609
  int pass;
4610
 
4611
  if (info->relocatable || !info->executable)
4612
    return TRUE;
4613
 
4614
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4615
  if (htab == NULL)
4616
    return FALSE;
4617
 
4618
  /* Make two passes through the relocs.  First time check that tls
4619
     relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4620
     followed by such a call.  If they are not, don't do any tls
4621
     optimization.  On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4622
     notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4623
     adjust got and plt refcounts.  */
4624
  for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
4625
    for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
4626
      {
4627
        Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = NULL;
4628
        Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4629
        asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
4630
 
4631
        for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4632
          if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4633
            {
4634
              Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4635
              int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4636
 
4637
              /* Read the relocations.  */
4638
              relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4639
                                                    info->keep_memory);
4640
              if (relstart == NULL)
4641
                return FALSE;
4642
 
4643
              relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4644
              for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4645
                {
4646
                  enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4647
                  unsigned long r_symndx;
4648
                  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4649
                  char *tls_mask;
4650
                  char tls_set, tls_clear;
4651
                  bfd_boolean is_local;
4652
                  bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
4653
 
4654
                  r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4655
                  if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4656
                    {
4657
                      struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4658
 
4659
                      sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4660
                      h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4661
                      while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4662
                             || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4663
                        h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4664
                    }
4665
 
4666
                  is_local = FALSE;
4667
                  if (h == NULL
4668
                      || !h->def_dynamic)
4669
                    is_local = TRUE;
4670
 
4671
                  r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4672
                  /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4673
                     without marker relocs, then check that each
4674
                     __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4675
                     that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4676
                     setup insn.  If we don't find matching arg setup
4677
                     relocs, don't do any tls optimization.  */
4678
                  if (pass == 0
4679
                      && sec->has_tls_get_addr_call
4680
                      && h != NULL
4681
                      && h == htab->tls_get_addr
4682
                      && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4683
                      && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4684
                    {
4685
                      info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4686
                                              "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4687
                                              ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4688
                      if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4689
                        free (relstart);
4690
                      return TRUE;
4691
                    }
4692
 
4693
                  expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4694
                  switch (r_type)
4695
                    {
4696
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4697
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4698
                      expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4699
                      /* Fall thru */
4700
 
4701
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4702
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4703
                      /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4704
                         defined in a shared lib.  Leave them alone if
4705
                         that turns out to be the case.  */
4706
                      if (!is_local)
4707
                        continue;
4708
 
4709
                      /* LD -> LE */
4710
                      tls_set = 0;
4711
                      tls_clear = TLS_LD;
4712
                      break;
4713
 
4714
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4715
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4716
                      expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4717
                      /* Fall thru */
4718
 
4719
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4720
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4721
                      if (is_local)
4722
                        /* GD -> LE */
4723
                        tls_set = 0;
4724
                      else
4725
                        /* GD -> IE */
4726
                        tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPRELGD;
4727
                      tls_clear = TLS_GD;
4728
                      break;
4729
 
4730
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4731
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4732
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4733
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4734
                      if (is_local)
4735
                        {
4736
                          /* IE -> LE */
4737
                          tls_set = 0;
4738
                          tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
4739
                          break;
4740
                        }
4741
                      else
4742
                        continue;
4743
 
4744
                    case R_PPC_TLSGD:
4745
                    case R_PPC_TLSLD:
4746
                      expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
4747
                      tls_set = 0;
4748
                      tls_clear = 0;
4749
                      break;
4750
 
4751
                    default:
4752
                      continue;
4753
                    }
4754
 
4755
                  if (pass == 0)
4756
                    {
4757
                      if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4758
                          || (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1
4759
                              && !sec->has_tls_get_addr_call))
4760
                        continue;
4761
 
4762
                      if (rel + 1 < relend
4763
                          && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
4764
                                                      htab->tls_get_addr))
4765
                        continue;
4766
 
4767
                      /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call.  We
4768
                         could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4769
                         from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4770
                         the entire optimization.  */
4771
                      info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4772
                                                "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4773
                                              ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4774
                      if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4775
                        free (relstart);
4776
                      return TRUE;
4777
                    }
4778
 
4779
                  if (expecting_tls_get_addr)
4780
                    {
4781
                      struct plt_entry *ent;
4782
                      bfd_vma addend = 0;
4783
 
4784
                      if (info->shared
4785
                          && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
4786
                        addend = rel[1].r_addend;
4787
                      ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
4788
                                          got2, addend);
4789
                      if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4790
                        ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4791
 
4792
                      if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 2)
4793
                        continue;
4794
                    }
4795
 
4796
                  if (h != NULL)
4797
                    {
4798
                      tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4799
                      got_count = &h->got.refcount;
4800
                    }
4801
                  else
4802
                    {
4803
                      bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
4804
                      struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4805
                      char *lgot_masks;
4806
 
4807
                      if (locsyms == NULL)
4808
                        {
4809
                          locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4810
                          if (locsyms == NULL)
4811
                            locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
4812
                                                            symtab_hdr->sh_info,
4813
                                                            0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
4814
                          if (locsyms == NULL)
4815
                            {
4816
                              if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4817
                                free (relstart);
4818
                              return FALSE;
4819
                            }
4820
                        }
4821
                      lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4822
                      if (lgot_refs == NULL)
4823
                        abort ();
4824
                      local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4825
                        (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4826
                      lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4827
                      tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4828
                      got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
4829
                    }
4830
 
4831
                  if (tls_set == 0)
4832
                    {
4833
                      /* We managed to get rid of a got entry.  */
4834
                      if (*got_count > 0)
4835
                        *got_count -= 1;
4836
                    }
4837
 
4838
                  *tls_mask |= tls_set;
4839
                  *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
4840
                }
4841
 
4842
              if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4843
                free (relstart);
4844
            }
4845
 
4846
        if (locsyms != NULL
4847
            && (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) locsyms))
4848
          {
4849
            if (!info->keep_memory)
4850
              free (locsyms);
4851
            else
4852
              symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) locsyms;
4853
          }
4854
      }
4855
  return TRUE;
4856
}
4857
 
4858
/* Return true if we have dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
4859
 
4860
static bfd_boolean
4861
readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4862
{
4863
  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4864
 
4865
  for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4866
    {
4867
      asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
4868
 
4869
      if (s != NULL
4870
          && ((s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
4871
              == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)))
4872
        return TRUE;
4873
    }
4874
  return FALSE;
4875
}
4876
 
4877
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4878
   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
4879
   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
4880
   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4881
   understand.  */
4882
 
4883
static bfd_boolean
4884
ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4885
                               struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4886
{
4887
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4888
  asection *s;
4889
 
4890
#ifdef DEBUG
4891
  fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4892
           h->root.root.string);
4893
#endif
4894
 
4895
  /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
4896
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4897
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
4898
              && (h->needs_plt
4899
                  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4900
                  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
4901
                  || (h->def_dynamic
4902
                      && h->ref_regular
4903
                      && !h->def_regular)));
4904
 
4905
  /* Deal with function syms.  */
4906
  if (h->type == STT_FUNC
4907
      || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4908
      || h->needs_plt)
4909
    {
4910
      /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4911
         won't need a .plt entry.  */
4912
      struct plt_entry *ent;
4913
      for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4914
        if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4915
          break;
4916
      if (ent == NULL
4917
          || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4918
              && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4919
                  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
4920
                      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))))
4921
        {
4922
          /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4923
 
4924
             1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4925
             can't be set up, so we can't use one.  In this case,
4926
             ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4927
 
4928
             2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4929
 
4930
             3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4931
             will go to this object, or will remain undefined.  */
4932
          h->plt.plist = NULL;
4933
          h->needs_plt = 0;
4934
        }
4935
      else
4936
        {
4937
          /* After adjust_dynamic_symbol, non_got_ref set in the
4938
             non-shared case means that we have allocated space in
4939
             .dynbss for the symbol and thus dyn_relocs for this
4940
             symbol should be discarded.
4941
             If we get here we know we are making a PLT entry for this
4942
             symbol, and in an executable we'd normally resolve
4943
             relocations against this symbol to the PLT entry.  Allow
4944
             dynamic relocs if the reference is weak, and the dynamic
4945
             relocs will not cause text relocation.  */
4946
          if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak
4947
              && h->non_got_ref
4948
              && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4949
              && !htab->is_vxworks
4950
              && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4951
              && !readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4952
            h->non_got_ref = 0;
4953
        }
4954
      return TRUE;
4955
    }
4956
  else
4957
    h->plt.plist = NULL;
4958
 
4959
  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4960
     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4961
     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
4962
  if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
4963
    {
4964
      BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4965
                  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
4966
      h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
4967
      h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
4968
      if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
4969
        h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
4970
      return TRUE;
4971
    }
4972
 
4973
  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4974
     is not a function.  */
4975
 
4976
  /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4977
     only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4978
     For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4979
     be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
4980
  if (info->shared)
4981
    return TRUE;
4982
 
4983
  /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4984
     GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
4985
  if (!h->non_got_ref)
4986
    return TRUE;
4987
 
4988
   /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4989
      we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4990
      We can't do this if there are any small data relocations.  This
4991
      doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4992
      relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4993
      executable.  */
4994
  if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4995
      && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4996
      && !htab->is_vxworks
4997
      && !h->def_regular
4998
      && !readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4999
    {
5000
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
5001
      return TRUE;
5002
    }
5003
 
5004
  if (h->size == 0)
5005
    {
5006
      info->callbacks->einfo (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size\n"),
5007
                              h->root.root.string);
5008
      return TRUE;
5009
    }
5010
 
5011
  /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
5012
     become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
5013
     an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
5014
     object will contain position independent code, so all references
5015
     from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
5016
     offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
5017
     determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
5018
     both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
5019
     same memory location for the variable.
5020
 
5021
     Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
5022
     must instead allocate it in .sbss.  */
5023
 
5024
  if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
5025
    s = htab->dynsbss;
5026
  else
5027
    s = htab->dynbss;
5028
  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5029
 
5030
  /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
5031
     copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
5032
     runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
5033
     .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
5034
  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5035
    {
5036
      asection *srel;
5037
 
5038
      if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
5039
        srel = htab->relsbss;
5040
      else
5041
        srel = htab->relbss;
5042
      BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
5043
      srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5044
      h->needs_copy = 1;
5045
    }
5046
 
5047
  return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
5048
}
5049
 
5050
/* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs.  For non-PIC code the sym is
5051
   xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
5052
   specifying the addend on the plt relocation.  For -fpic code, the sym
5053
   is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
5054
   xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>.  */
5055
 
5056
static bfd_boolean
5057
add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
5058
              struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5059
              struct bfd_link_info *info)
5060
{
5061
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5062
  size_t len1, len2, len3;
5063
  char *name;
5064
  const char *stub;
5065
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5066
 
5067
  if (info->shared)
5068
    stub = ".plt_pic32.";
5069
  else
5070
    stub = ".plt_call32.";
5071
 
5072
  len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
5073
  len2 = strlen (stub);
5074
  len3 = 0;
5075
  if (ent->sec)
5076
    len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
5077
  name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
5078
  if (name == NULL)
5079
    return FALSE;
5080
  sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
5081
  if (ent->sec)
5082
    memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
5083
  memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
5084
  memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
5085
  sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5086
  if (sh == NULL)
5087
    return FALSE;
5088
  if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5089
    {
5090
      sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5091
      sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5092
      sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
5093
      sh->ref_regular = 1;
5094
      sh->def_regular = 1;
5095
      sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5096
      sh->forced_local = 1;
5097
      sh->non_elf = 0;
5098
    }
5099
  return TRUE;
5100
}
5101
 
5102
/* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5103
   Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k.  */
5104
 
5105
static bfd_vma
5106
allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
5107
{
5108
  bfd_vma where;
5109
  unsigned int max_before_header;
5110
 
5111
  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5112
    {
5113
      where = htab->got->size;
5114
      htab->got->size += need;
5115
    }
5116
  else
5117
    {
5118
      max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
5119
      if (need <= htab->got_gap)
5120
        {
5121
          where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
5122
          htab->got_gap -= need;
5123
        }
5124
      else
5125
        {
5126
          if (htab->got->size + need > max_before_header
5127
              && htab->got->size <= max_before_header)
5128
            {
5129
              htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->got->size;
5130
              htab->got->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
5131
            }
5132
          where = htab->got->size;
5133
          htab->got->size += need;
5134
        }
5135
    }
5136
  return where;
5137
}
5138
 
5139
/* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs.  */
5140
 
5141
static bfd_boolean
5142
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5143
{
5144
  struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
5145
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
5146
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5147
  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5148
 
5149
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5150
    return TRUE;
5151
 
5152
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5153
    /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
5154
       entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
5155
       symbol in a hash traversal.  So look at it now.  */
5156
    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5157
 
5158
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5159
  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5160
      || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5161
    {
5162
      struct plt_entry *ent;
5163
      bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5164
      bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = 0;
5165
      bfd_boolean dyn;
5166
 
5167
      for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5168
        if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5169
          {
5170
            /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
5171
            if (h->dynindx == -1
5172
                && !h->forced_local
5173
                && !h->def_regular
5174
                && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5175
              {
5176
                if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5177
                  return FALSE;
5178
              }
5179
 
5180
            dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
5181
            if (info->shared
5182
                || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
5183
                || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h))
5184
              {
5185
                asection *s = htab->plt;
5186
                if (!dyn || h->dynindx == -1)
5187
                  s = htab->iplt;
5188
 
5189
                if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn || h->dynindx == -1)
5190
                  {
5191
                    if (!doneone)
5192
                      {
5193
                        plt_offset = s->size;
5194
                        s->size += 4;
5195
                      }
5196
                    ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5197
 
5198
                    s = htab->glink;
5199
                    if (!doneone || info->shared)
5200
                      {
5201
                        glink_offset = s->size;
5202
                        s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE;
5203
                        if (h == htab->tls_get_addr
5204
                            && !htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
5205
                          s->size += TLS_GET_ADDR_GLINK_SIZE - GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE;
5206
                      }
5207
                    if (!doneone
5208
                        && !info->shared
5209
                        && h->def_dynamic
5210
                        && !h->def_regular)
5211
                      {
5212
                        h->root.u.def.section = s;
5213
                        h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
5214
                      }
5215
                    ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5216
 
5217
                    if (htab->emit_stub_syms
5218
                        && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
5219
                      return FALSE;
5220
                  }
5221
                else
5222
                  {
5223
                    if (!doneone)
5224
                      {
5225
                        /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5226
                           for the special first entry.  */
5227
                        if (s->size == 0)
5228
                          s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
5229
 
5230
                        /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5231
                           parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5232
                           and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5233
                           word available at the end.  */
5234
                        plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
5235
                                      + (htab->plt_slot_size
5236
                                         * ((s->size
5237
                                             - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5238
                                            / htab->plt_entry_size)));
5239
 
5240
                        /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5241
                           file, and we are not generating a shared
5242
                           library, then set the symbol to this location
5243
                           in the .plt.  This is to avoid text
5244
                           relocations, and is required to make
5245
                           function pointers compare as equal between
5246
                           the normal executable and the shared library.  */
5247
                        if (! info->shared
5248
                            && h->def_dynamic
5249
                            && !h->def_regular)
5250
                          {
5251
                            h->root.u.def.section = s;
5252
                            h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
5253
                          }
5254
 
5255
                        /* Make room for this entry.  */
5256
                        s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5257
                        /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5258
                           is allocated.  */
5259
                        if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
5260
                            && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5261
                                / htab->plt_entry_size
5262
                               > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
5263
                          s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5264
                      }
5265
                    ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5266
                  }
5267
 
5268
                /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
5269
                if (!doneone)
5270
                  {
5271
                    if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5272
                        || h->dynindx == -1)
5273
                      htab->reliplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5274
                    else
5275
                      {
5276
                        htab->relplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5277
 
5278
                        if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5279
                          {
5280
                            /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations.  */
5281
                            if (!info->shared
5282
                                && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5283
                              {
5284
                                if (ent->plt.offset
5285
                                    == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5286
                                  {
5287
                                    htab->srelplt2->size
5288
                                      += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5289
                                          * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
5290
                                  }
5291
 
5292
                                htab->srelplt2->size
5293
                                  += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5294
                                      * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
5295
                              }
5296
 
5297
                            /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5298
                               .got.plt.  */
5299
                            htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
5300
                          }
5301
                      }
5302
                    doneone = TRUE;
5303
                  }
5304
              }
5305
            else
5306
              ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5307
          }
5308
        else
5309
          ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5310
 
5311
      if (!doneone)
5312
        {
5313
          h->plt.plist = NULL;
5314
          h->needs_plt = 0;
5315
        }
5316
    }
5317
  else
5318
    {
5319
      h->plt.plist = NULL;
5320
      h->needs_plt = 0;
5321
    }
5322
 
5323
  eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5324
  if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0)
5325
    {
5326
      bfd_boolean dyn;
5327
      unsigned int need;
5328
 
5329
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
5330
      if (eh->elf.dynindx == -1
5331
          && !eh->elf.forced_local
5332
          && eh->elf.type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
5333
          && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5334
        {
5335
          if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, &eh->elf))
5336
            return FALSE;
5337
        }
5338
 
5339
      need = 0;
5340
      if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0)
5341
        {
5342
          if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0)
5343
            {
5344
              if (!eh->elf.def_dynamic)
5345
                /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset.  This should
5346
                   always be the case.  It's a little odd if we have
5347
                   a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol.  */
5348
                htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5349
              else
5350
                need += 8;
5351
            }
5352
          if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
5353
            need += 8;
5354
          if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0)
5355
            need += 4;
5356
          if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5357
            need += 4;
5358
        }
5359
      else
5360
        need += 4;
5361
      if (need == 0)
5362
        eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5363
      else
5364
        {
5365
          eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
5366
          dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
5367
          if ((info->shared
5368
               || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, &eh->elf))
5369
              && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->elf.other) == STV_DEFAULT
5370
                  || eh->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
5371
            {
5372
              asection *rsec = htab->relgot;
5373
              /* All the entries we allocated need relocs.
5374
                 Except LD only needs one.  */
5375
              if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
5376
                  && eh->elf.def_dynamic)
5377
                need -= 4;
5378
              rsec->size += need * (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4);
5379
            }
5380
        }
5381
    }
5382
  else
5383
    eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5384
 
5385
  if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL
5386
      || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5387
    return TRUE;
5388
 
5389
  /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5390
     dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5391
     defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
5392
     space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5393
     changes.  */
5394
 
5395
  if (info->shared)
5396
    {
5397
      /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5398
         or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5399
         generated via assembly.  We want calls to protected symbols to
5400
         resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5401
         If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5402
         then they should avoid writing weird assembly.  */
5403
      if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
5404
        {
5405
          struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5406
 
5407
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5408
            {
5409
              p->count -= p->pc_count;
5410
              p->pc_count = 0;
5411
              if (p->count == 0)
5412
                *pp = p->next;
5413
              else
5414
                pp = &p->next;
5415
            }
5416
        }
5417
 
5418
      if (htab->is_vxworks)
5419
        {
5420
          struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5421
 
5422
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5423
            {
5424
              if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5425
                *pp = p->next;
5426
              else
5427
                pp = &p->next;
5428
            }
5429
        }
5430
 
5431
      /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local.  */
5432
      if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
5433
          && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5434
          && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_HIDDEN
5435
              || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_INTERNAL))
5436
        eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5437
 
5438
      /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5439
         visibility.  */
5440
      if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
5441
          && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5442
        {
5443
          if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5444
            eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5445
 
5446
          /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
5447
             symbol in PIEs.  */
5448
          else if (h->dynindx == -1
5449
                   && !h->forced_local
5450
                   && !h->def_regular)
5451
            {
5452
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5453
                return FALSE;
5454
            }
5455
        }
5456
    }
5457
  else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
5458
    {
5459
      /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
5460
         symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5461
         dynamic.  */
5462
 
5463
      if (!h->non_got_ref
5464
          && !h->def_regular)
5465
        {
5466
          /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
5467
             Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
5468
          if (h->dynindx == -1
5469
              && !h->forced_local)
5470
            {
5471
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5472
                return FALSE;
5473
            }
5474
 
5475
          /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
5476
             relocs.  */
5477
          if (h->dynindx != -1)
5478
            goto keep;
5479
        }
5480
 
5481
      eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5482
 
5483
    keep: ;
5484
    }
5485
 
5486
  /* Finally, allocate space.  */
5487
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
5488
    {
5489
      asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5490
      if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5491
        sreloc = htab->reliplt;
5492
      sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5493
    }
5494
 
5495
  return TRUE;
5496
}
5497
 
5498
/* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5499
   read-only sections.  */
5500
 
5501
static bfd_boolean
5502
maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
5503
{
5504
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5505
    return TRUE;
5506
 
5507
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5508
    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5509
 
5510
  if (readonly_dynrelocs (h))
5511
    {
5512
      ((struct bfd_link_info *) info)->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5513
 
5514
      /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
5515
      return FALSE;
5516
    }
5517
  return TRUE;
5518
}
5519
 
5520
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
5521
 
5522
static bfd_boolean
5523
ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5524
                               struct bfd_link_info *info)
5525
{
5526
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5527
  asection *s;
5528
  bfd_boolean relocs;
5529
  bfd *ibfd;
5530
 
5531
#ifdef DEBUG
5532
  fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5533
#endif
5534
 
5535
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5536
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
5537
 
5538
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5539
    {
5540
      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
5541
      if (info->executable)
5542
        {
5543
          s = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
5544
          BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5545
          s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5546
          s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5547
        }
5548
    }
5549
 
5550
  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5551
    htab->got_header_size = 16;
5552
  else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
5553
    htab->got_header_size = 12;
5554
 
5555
  /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5556
     relocs.  */
5557
  for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
5558
    {
5559
      bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
5560
      bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
5561
      struct plt_entry **local_plt;
5562
      struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
5563
      char *lgot_masks;
5564
      bfd_size_type locsymcount;
5565
      Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5566
 
5567
      if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
5568
        continue;
5569
 
5570
      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5571
        {
5572
          struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5573
 
5574
          for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
5575
                    elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
5576
               p != NULL;
5577
               p = p->next)
5578
            {
5579
              if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
5580
                  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
5581
                {
5582
                  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5583
                     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5584
                     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5585
                     the relocs too.  */
5586
                }
5587
              else if (htab->is_vxworks
5588
                       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
5589
                                  ".tls_vars") == 0)
5590
                {
5591
                  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5592
                     handled specially by the loader.  */
5593
                }
5594
              else if (p->count != 0)
5595
                {
5596
                  asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5597
                  if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5598
                    sreloc = htab->reliplt;
5599
                  sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5600
                  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
5601
                       & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5602
                      == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5603
                    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5604
                }
5605
            }
5606
        }
5607
 
5608
      local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
5609
      if (!local_got)
5610
        continue;
5611
 
5612
      symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
5613
      locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5614
      end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
5615
      local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
5616
      end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
5617
      lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5618
 
5619
      for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks)
5620
        if (*local_got > 0)
5621
          {
5622
            unsigned int need = 0;
5623
            if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0)
5624
              {
5625
                if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_GD) != 0)
5626
                  need += 8;
5627
                if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_LD) != 0)
5628
                  htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5629
                if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0)
5630
                  need += 4;
5631
                if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5632
                  need += 4;
5633
              }
5634
            else
5635
              need += 4;
5636
            if (need == 0)
5637
              *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5638
            else
5639
              {
5640
                *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
5641
                if (info->shared)
5642
                  htab->relgot->size += (need
5643
                                         * (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4));
5644
              }
5645
          }
5646
        else
5647
          *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5648
 
5649
      if (htab->is_vxworks)
5650
        continue;
5651
 
5652
      /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt.  */
5653
      for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt)
5654
        {
5655
          struct plt_entry *ent;
5656
          bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5657
          bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = 0;
5658
 
5659
          for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5660
            if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5661
              {
5662
                s = htab->iplt;
5663
 
5664
                if (!doneone)
5665
                  {
5666
                    plt_offset = s->size;
5667
                    s->size += 4;
5668
                  }
5669
                ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5670
 
5671
                s = htab->glink;
5672
                if (!doneone || info->shared)
5673
                  {
5674
                    glink_offset = s->size;
5675
                    s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE;
5676
                  }
5677
                ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5678
 
5679
                if (!doneone)
5680
                  {
5681
                    htab->reliplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5682
                    doneone = TRUE;
5683
                  }
5684
              }
5685
            else
5686
              ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5687
        }
5688
    }
5689
 
5690
  /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs.  */
5691
  elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
5692
 
5693
  if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
5694
    {
5695
      htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
5696
      if (info->shared)
5697
        htab->relgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5698
    }
5699
  else
5700
    htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5701
 
5702
  if (htab->got != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
5703
    {
5704
      unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
5705
 
5706
      /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now.  When we get here,
5707
         for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5708
         or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated).  For new plt/got, the
5709
         corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536.  */
5710
      if (htab->got->size <= 32768)
5711
        {
5712
          g_o_t = htab->got->size;
5713
          if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5714
            g_o_t += 4;
5715
          htab->got->size += htab->got_header_size;
5716
        }
5717
 
5718
      htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
5719
    }
5720
  if (info->shared)
5721
    {
5722
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5723
      if (sda != NULL
5724
          && !(sda->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5725
               || sda->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
5726
        {
5727
          sda->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5728
          sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
5729
          sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
5730
        }
5731
    }
5732
 
5733
  if (htab->glink != NULL
5734
      && htab->glink->size != 0
5735
      && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5736
    {
5737
      htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
5738
      /* Space for the branch table.  */
5739
      htab->glink->size += htab->glink->size / (GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE / 4) - 4;
5740
      /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve.  */
5741
      htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & 15;
5742
      htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5743
 
5744
      if (htab->emit_stub_syms)
5745
        {
5746
          struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5747
          sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
5748
                                     TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5749
          if (sh == NULL)
5750
            return FALSE;
5751
          if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5752
            {
5753
              sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5754
              sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5755
              sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
5756
              sh->ref_regular = 1;
5757
              sh->def_regular = 1;
5758
              sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5759
              sh->forced_local = 1;
5760
              sh->non_elf = 0;
5761
            }
5762
          sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5763
                                     TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5764
          if (sh == NULL)
5765
            return FALSE;
5766
          if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5767
            {
5768
              sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5769
              sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5770
              sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5771
              sh->ref_regular = 1;
5772
              sh->def_regular = 1;
5773
              sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5774
              sh->forced_local = 1;
5775
              sh->non_elf = 0;
5776
            }
5777
        }
5778
    }
5779
 
5780
  /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5781
     Allocate memory for them.  */
5782
  relocs = FALSE;
5783
  for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5784
    {
5785
      bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE;
5786
 
5787
      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5788
        continue;
5789
 
5790
      if (s == htab->plt
5791
          || s == htab->got)
5792
        {
5793
          /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5794
             we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5795
             It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols.  */
5796
          if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
5797
            strip_section = FALSE;
5798
          /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5799
             comment below.  */
5800
        }
5801
      else if (s == htab->iplt
5802
               || s == htab->glink
5803
               || s == htab->sgotplt
5804
               || s == htab->sbss
5805
               || s == htab->dynbss
5806
               || s == htab->dynsbss
5807
               || s == htab->sdata[0].section
5808
               || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
5809
        {
5810
          /* Strip these too.  */
5811
        }
5812
      else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
5813
        {
5814
          if (s->size != 0)
5815
            {
5816
              /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections.  */
5817
              relocs = TRUE;
5818
 
5819
              /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5820
                 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
5821
              s->reloc_count = 0;
5822
            }
5823
        }
5824
      else
5825
        {
5826
          /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
5827
          continue;
5828
        }
5829
 
5830
      if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
5831
        {
5832
          /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5833
             output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5834
             .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
5835
             create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5836
             before the linker maps input sections to output
5837
             sections.  The linker does that before
5838
             adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5839
             function which decides whether anything needs to go
5840
             into these sections.  */
5841
          s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5842
          continue;
5843
        }
5844
 
5845
      if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
5846
        continue;
5847
 
5848
      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
5849
      s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
5850
      if (s->contents == NULL)
5851
        return FALSE;
5852
    }
5853
 
5854
  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5855
    {
5856
      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
5857
         values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5858
         must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5859
         the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5860
         dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
5861
#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5862
  _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5863
 
5864
      if (info->executable)
5865
        {
5866
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
5867
            return FALSE;
5868
        }
5869
 
5870
      if (htab->plt != NULL && htab->plt->size != 0)
5871
        {
5872
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
5873
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
5874
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
5875
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
5876
            return FALSE;
5877
        }
5878
 
5879
      if (htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0)
5880
        {
5881
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
5882
            return FALSE;
5883
          if (!htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5884
              && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
5885
              && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
5886
              && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_TLSOPT, 0))
5887
            return FALSE;
5888
        }
5889
 
5890
      if (relocs)
5891
        {
5892
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
5893
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
5894
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
5895
            return FALSE;
5896
        }
5897
 
5898
      /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5899
         need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
5900
      if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
5901
        elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), maybe_set_textrel,
5902
                                info);
5903
 
5904
      if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
5905
        {
5906
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
5907
            return FALSE;
5908
        }
5909
      if (htab->is_vxworks
5910
          && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
5911
        return FALSE;
5912
   }
5913
#undef add_dynamic_entry
5914
 
5915
  return TRUE;
5916
}
5917
 
5918
/* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section.  */
5919
 
5920
static bfd_boolean
5921
ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5922
{
5923
  if (h->plt.plist != NULL
5924
      && !h->def_regular
5925
      && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
5926
          || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
5927
    return FALSE;
5928
 
5929
  return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
5930
}
5931
 
5932
#define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
5933
 
5934
/* Relaxation trampolines.  r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
5935
   used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI).  */
5936
static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
5937
  {
5938
    0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
5939
    0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
5940
    0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
5941
    0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
5942
    0x398c0008, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
5943
    0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
5944
    0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
5945
    0x4e800420, /* bctr */
5946
  };
5947
 
5948
static const int stub_entry[] =
5949
  {
5950
    0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
5951
    0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
5952
    0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
5953
    0x4e800420, /* bctr */
5954
  };
5955
 
5956
static bfd_boolean
5957
ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
5958
                       asection *isec,
5959
                       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5960
                       bfd_boolean *again)
5961
{
5962
  struct one_fixup
5963
  {
5964
    struct one_fixup *next;
5965
    asection *tsec;
5966
    /* Final link, can use the symbol offset.  For a
5967
       relocatable link we use the symbol's index.  */
5968
    bfd_vma toff;
5969
    bfd_vma trampoff;
5970
  };
5971
 
5972
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5973
  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
5974
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5975
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5976
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
5977
  struct one_fixup *fixups = NULL;
5978
  unsigned changes = 0;
5979
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5980
  bfd_size_type trampoff;
5981
  asection *got2;
5982
  bfd_boolean maybe_pasted;
5983
 
5984
  *again = FALSE;
5985
 
5986
  /* Nothing to do if there are no relocations, and no need to do
5987
     anything with non-alloc or non-code sections.  */
5988
  if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5989
      || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
5990
      || (isec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
5991
      || isec->reloc_count == 0)
5992
    return TRUE;
5993
 
5994
  /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
5995
     do anything.  The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
5996
     anyway.  */
5997
  if (link_info->relocatable && link_info->shared)
5998
     return TRUE;
5999
 
6000
  trampoff = (isec->size + 3) & (bfd_vma) -4;
6001
  maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
6002
                  || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
6003
  /* Space for a branch around any trampolines.  */
6004
  if (maybe_pasted)
6005
    trampoff += 4;
6006
 
6007
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6008
 
6009
  /* Get a copy of the native relocations.  */
6010
  internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
6011
                                               link_info->keep_memory);
6012
  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6013
    goto error_return;
6014
 
6015
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
6016
  got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
6017
 
6018
  irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
6019
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6020
    {
6021
      unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
6022
      bfd_vma toff, roff;
6023
      asection *tsec;
6024
      struct one_fixup *f;
6025
      size_t insn_offset = 0;
6026
      bfd_vma max_branch_offset, val;
6027
      bfd_byte *hit_addr;
6028
      unsigned long t0;
6029
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6030
      struct plt_entry **plist;
6031
      unsigned char sym_type;
6032
 
6033
      switch (r_type)
6034
        {
6035
        case R_PPC_REL24:
6036
        case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6037
        case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6038
          max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
6039
          break;
6040
 
6041
        case R_PPC_REL14:
6042
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6043
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6044
          max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
6045
          break;
6046
 
6047
        default:
6048
          continue;
6049
        }
6050
 
6051
      /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
6052
      h = NULL;
6053
      if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6054
        {
6055
          /* A local symbol.  */
6056
          Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6057
 
6058
          /* Read this BFD's local symbols.  */
6059
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
6060
            {
6061
              isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
6062
              if (isymbuf == NULL)
6063
                isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
6064
                                                symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
6065
                                                NULL, NULL, NULL);
6066
              if (isymbuf == 0)
6067
                goto error_return;
6068
            }
6069
          isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6070
          if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
6071
            tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6072
          else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6073
            tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6074
          else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
6075
            tsec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
6076
          else
6077
            tsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6078
 
6079
          toff = isym->st_value;
6080
          sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
6081
        }
6082
      else
6083
        {
6084
          /* Global symbol handling.  */
6085
          unsigned long indx;
6086
 
6087
          indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6088
          h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
6089
 
6090
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6091
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6092
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6093
 
6094
          if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6095
              || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6096
            {
6097
              tsec = h->root.u.def.section;
6098
              toff = h->root.u.def.value;
6099
            }
6100
          else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6101
                   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6102
            {
6103
              tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6104
              toff = link_info->relocatable ? indx : 0;
6105
            }
6106
          else
6107
            continue;
6108
 
6109
          sym_type = h->type;
6110
        }
6111
 
6112
      /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6113
         match that in relocate_section.  If we call find_plt_ent here
6114
         but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6115
         destination used here may be incorrect.  */
6116
      plist = NULL;
6117
      if (h != NULL)
6118
        {
6119
          /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true.  */
6120
          if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6121
              || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6122
            plist = &h->plt.plist;
6123
        }
6124
      else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6125
               && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
6126
        {
6127
          bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6128
          struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6129
            (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6130
          plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6131
        }
6132
      if (plist != NULL)
6133
        {
6134
          bfd_vma addend = 0;
6135
          struct plt_entry *ent;
6136
 
6137
          if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && link_info->shared)
6138
            addend = irel->r_addend;
6139
          ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
6140
          if (ent != NULL)
6141
            {
6142
              if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
6143
                  || h == NULL
6144
                  || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
6145
                  || h->dynindx == -1)
6146
                {
6147
                  tsec = htab->glink;
6148
                  toff = ent->glink_offset;
6149
                }
6150
              else
6151
                {
6152
                  tsec = htab->plt;
6153
                  toff = ent->plt.offset;
6154
                }
6155
            }
6156
        }
6157
 
6158
      /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6159
         no hope of adding stubs.  We'll error out later should the
6160
         branch overflow.  */
6161
      if (tsec == isec)
6162
        continue;
6163
 
6164
      /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6165
         SEC_MERGE sections;  SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6166
         attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6167
         branches.  However, implement it correctly here as a
6168
         reference for other target relax_section functions.  */
6169
      if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
6170
        {
6171
          /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6172
             adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6173
             passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset.  (Later, in
6174
             relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6175
             section symbols have been adjusted.)
6176
 
6177
             gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6178
             sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6179
             the original addend was zero.  When the reloc is against
6180
             a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6181
             offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6182
             location of interest is the original symbol.  On the
6183
             other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6184
             a section symbol should not include the addend;  Such an
6185
             access is presumed to be an offset from "sym";  The
6186
             location of interest is just "sym".  */
6187
          if (sym_type == STT_SECTION)
6188
            toff += irel->r_addend;
6189
 
6190
          toff = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
6191
                                             elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
6192
                                             toff);
6193
 
6194
          if (sym_type != STT_SECTION)
6195
            toff += irel->r_addend;
6196
        }
6197
      /* PLTREL24 addends are special.  */
6198
      else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6199
        toff += irel->r_addend;
6200
 
6201
      /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses.  */
6202
      if (tsec->output_section == NULL)
6203
        continue;
6204
 
6205
      roff = irel->r_offset;
6206
 
6207
      /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything.  */
6208
      if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
6209
          && (!link_info->relocatable
6210
              /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6211
                 final link, so do not presume they remain in range.  */
6212
              || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
6213
        {
6214
          bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
6215
 
6216
          symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
6217
          reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
6218
          if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset < 2 * max_branch_offset)
6219
            continue;
6220
        }
6221
 
6222
      /* Look for an existing fixup to this address.  */
6223
      for (f = fixups; f ; f = f->next)
6224
        if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
6225
          break;
6226
 
6227
      if (f == NULL)
6228
        {
6229
          size_t size;
6230
          unsigned long stub_rtype;
6231
 
6232
          val = trampoff - roff;
6233
          if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6234
            /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline.  Don't try to add
6235
               one.  We'll report an error later.  */
6236
            continue;
6237
 
6238
          if (link_info->shared)
6239
            {
6240
              size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6241
              insn_offset = 12;
6242
            }
6243
          else
6244
            {
6245
              size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6246
              insn_offset = 0;
6247
            }
6248
          stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
6249
          if (tsec == htab->plt
6250
              || tsec == htab->glink)
6251
            {
6252
              stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
6253
              if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6254
                stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
6255
            }
6256
 
6257
          /* Hijack the old relocation.  Since we need two
6258
             relocations for this use a "composite" reloc.  */
6259
          irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
6260
                                       stub_rtype);
6261
          irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
6262
          if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6263
              && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
6264
            irel->r_addend = 0;
6265
 
6266
          /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section.  */
6267
          f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
6268
          f->next = fixups;
6269
          f->tsec = tsec;
6270
          f->toff = toff;
6271
          f->trampoff = trampoff;
6272
          fixups = f;
6273
 
6274
          trampoff += size;
6275
          changes++;
6276
        }
6277
      else
6278
        {
6279
          val = f->trampoff - roff;
6280
          if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6281
            continue;
6282
 
6283
          /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here.  */
6284
          irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6285
        }
6286
 
6287
      /* Get the section contents.  */
6288
      if (contents == NULL)
6289
        {
6290
          /* Get cached copy if it exists.  */
6291
          if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6292
            contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
6293
          else
6294
            {
6295
              /* Go get them off disk.  */
6296
              if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
6297
                goto error_return;
6298
            }
6299
        }
6300
 
6301
      /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline.  */
6302
      hit_addr = contents + roff;
6303
      switch (r_type)
6304
        {
6305
        case R_PPC_REL24:
6306
        case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6307
        case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6308
          t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6309
          t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
6310
          t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
6311
          bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6312
          break;
6313
 
6314
        case R_PPC_REL14:
6315
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6316
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6317
          t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6318
          t0 &= ~0xfffc;
6319
          t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
6320
          bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6321
          break;
6322
        }
6323
    }
6324
 
6325
  /* Write out the trampolines.  */
6326
  if (fixups != NULL)
6327
    {
6328
      const int *stub;
6329
      bfd_byte *dest;
6330
      int i, size;
6331
 
6332
      do
6333
        {
6334
          struct one_fixup *f = fixups;
6335
          fixups = fixups->next;
6336
          free (f);
6337
        }
6338
      while (fixups);
6339
 
6340
      contents = bfd_realloc_or_free (contents, trampoff);
6341
      if (contents == NULL)
6342
        goto error_return;
6343
 
6344
      isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & (bfd_vma) -4;
6345
      dest = contents + isec->size;
6346
      /* Branch around the trampolines.  */
6347
      if (maybe_pasted)
6348
        {
6349
          bfd_vma val = B + trampoff - isec->size;
6350
          bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, dest);
6351
          dest += 4;
6352
        }
6353
      isec->size = trampoff;
6354
 
6355
      if (link_info->shared)
6356
        {
6357
          stub = shared_stub_entry;
6358
          size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6359
        }
6360
      else
6361
        {
6362
          stub = stub_entry;
6363
          size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6364
        }
6365
 
6366
      i = 0;
6367
      while (dest < contents + trampoff)
6368
        {
6369
          bfd_put_32 (abfd, stub[i], dest);
6370
          i++;
6371
          if (i == size)
6372
            i = 0;
6373
          dest += 4;
6374
        }
6375
      BFD_ASSERT (i == 0);
6376
    }
6377
 
6378
  if (isymbuf != NULL
6379
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
6380
    {
6381
      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
6382
        free (isymbuf);
6383
      else
6384
        {
6385
          /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
6386
          symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
6387
        }
6388
    }
6389
 
6390
  if (contents != NULL
6391
      && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6392
    {
6393
      if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
6394
        free (contents);
6395
      else
6396
        {
6397
          /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
6398
          elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6399
        }
6400
    }
6401
 
6402
  if (changes != 0)
6403
    {
6404
      /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6405
         information for the trampolines.  */
6406
      Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6407
      Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
6408
                                                  * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6409
      unsigned ix;
6410
 
6411
      if (!new_relocs)
6412
        goto error_return;
6413
      memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
6414
              isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6415
      for (ix = changes; ix--;)
6416
        {
6417
          irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
6418
 
6419
          irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6420
        }
6421
      if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
6422
        free (internal_relocs);
6423
      elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
6424
      isec->reloc_count += changes;
6425
      rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
6426
      rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
6427
    }
6428
  else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6429
    free (internal_relocs);
6430
 
6431
  *again = changes != 0;
6432
  if (!*again && link_info->relocatable)
6433
    {
6434
      /* Convert the internal relax relocs to external form.  */
6435
      for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6436
        if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_PPC_RELAX)
6437
          {
6438
            unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6439
 
6440
            /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
6441
               relocs to describe this relocation.  */
6442
            BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
6443
            /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
6444
            irel[0].r_offset += 2;
6445
            memmove (irel + 1, irel, (irelend - irel - 1) * sizeof (*irel));
6446
            irel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
6447
            irel[1].r_offset += 4;
6448
            irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
6449
            irel++;
6450
          }
6451
    }
6452
 
6453
  return TRUE;
6454
 
6455
 error_return:
6456
  if (isymbuf != NULL && (unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
6457
    free (isymbuf);
6458
  if (contents != NULL
6459
      && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6460
    free (contents);
6461
  if (internal_relocs != NULL
6462
      && elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6463
    free (internal_relocs);
6464
  return FALSE;
6465
}
6466
 
6467
/* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6468
   discarded sections.  */
6469
 
6470
static unsigned int
6471
ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
6472
{
6473
  if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
6474
    return 0;
6475
 
6476
  if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
6477
    return 0;
6478
 
6479
  return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
6480
}
6481
 
6482
/* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section.  */
6483
 
6484
static bfd_vma
6485
elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
6486
                                   elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
6487
                                   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6488
                                   bfd_vma relocation,
6489
                                   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
6490
{
6491
  elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
6492
 
6493
  BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
6494
 
6495
  if (h != NULL)
6496
    {
6497
      /* Handle global symbol.  */
6498
      struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
6499
 
6500
      eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6501
      BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
6502
      linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
6503
    }
6504
  else
6505
    {
6506
      /* Handle local symbol.  */
6507
      unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6508
 
6509
      BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
6510
      BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
6511
      linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
6512
    }
6513
 
6514
  linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
6515
                                                        rel->r_addend,
6516
                                                        lsect);
6517
  BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
6518
 
6519
  /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6520
     as a "written" flag.  */
6521
  if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
6522
    {
6523
      bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
6524
                  relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
6525
                  lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
6526
      linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
6527
    }
6528
 
6529
  relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
6530
                + lsect->section->output_offset
6531
                + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
6532
                - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
6533
 
6534
#ifdef DEBUG
6535
  fprintf (stderr,
6536
           "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6537
           lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
6538
#endif
6539
 
6540
  return relocation;
6541
}
6542
 
6543
#define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6544
#define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6545
#define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6546
 
6547
static void
6548
write_glink_stub (struct plt_entry *ent, asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
6549
                  struct bfd_link_info *info)
6550
{
6551
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6552
  bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
6553
  bfd_vma plt;
6554
 
6555
  plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
6556
         + plt_sec->output_section->vma
6557
         + plt_sec->output_offset);
6558
 
6559
  if (info->shared)
6560
    {
6561
      bfd_vma got = 0;
6562
 
6563
      if (ent->addend >= 32768)
6564
        got = (ent->addend
6565
               + ent->sec->output_section->vma
6566
               + ent->sec->output_offset);
6567
      else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6568
        got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
6569
 
6570
      plt -= got;
6571
 
6572
      if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6573
        {
6574
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6575
          p += 4;
6576
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6577
          p += 4;
6578
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6579
          p += 4;
6580
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
6581
          p += 4;
6582
        }
6583
      else
6584
        {
6585
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6586
          p += 4;
6587
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6588
          p += 4;
6589
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6590
          p += 4;
6591
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6592
          p += 4;
6593
        }
6594
    }
6595
  else
6596
    {
6597
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6598
      p += 4;
6599
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6600
      p += 4;
6601
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6602
      p += 4;
6603
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6604
      p += 4;
6605
    }
6606
}
6607
 
6608
/* Return true if symbol is defined statically.  */
6609
 
6610
static bfd_boolean
6611
is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6612
{
6613
  return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6614
           || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6615
          && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
6616
          && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
6617
}
6618
 
6619
/* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6620
   the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0.  If
6621
   REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG.  */
6622
 
6623
unsigned int
6624
_bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6625
{
6626
  unsigned int rtra;
6627
 
6628
  if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6629
    return 0;
6630
 
6631
  if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
6632
    rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6633
  else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
6634
    rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6635
  else
6636
    return 0;
6637
 
6638
  if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6639
    /* add -> addi.  */
6640
    insn = 14 << 26;
6641
  else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6642
           && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6643
               || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6644
                   && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6645
    /* load and store indexed -> dform.  */
6646
    insn = (32 | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6647
  else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6648
    /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu.  */
6649
    insn = ((58 | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
6650
  else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6651
    /* lwax -> lwa.  */
6652
    insn = (58 << 26) | 2;
6653
  else
6654
    return 0;
6655
  insn |= rtra;
6656
  return insn;
6657
}
6658
 
6659
/* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6660
   the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6661
   thread pointer REG operand removed.  Otherwise return 0.  */
6662
 
6663
unsigned int
6664
_bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6665
{
6666
  if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
6667
      && ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6668
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6669
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6670
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6671
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6672
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6673
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6674
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6675
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6676
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6677
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6678
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6679
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6680
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6681
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6682
          || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6683
              && (insn & 3) != 1)
6684
          || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6685
              && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
6686
    {
6687
      insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
6688
    }
6689
  else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
6690
           && ((insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6691
               || (insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6692
               || (insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6693
    {
6694
      insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
6695
      insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6696
      if ((insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 26 << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6697
        insn -= 2 >> 26;  /* convert to ori,oris */
6698
    }
6699
  else
6700
    insn = 0;
6701
  return insn;
6702
}
6703
 
6704
/* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6705
   to handle the relocations for a section.
6706
 
6707
   The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6708
   actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6709
   zero.
6710
 
6711
   This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6712
   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6713
   relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6714
   necessary.
6715
 
6716
   This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6717
   address or the reloc symbol index.
6718
 
6719
   LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6720
 
6721
   LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6722
   corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6723
 
6724
   The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6725
   via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6726
 
6727
   When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6728
   STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
6729
   going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6730
   section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6731
   accordingly.  */
6732
 
6733
static bfd_boolean
6734
ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
6735
                          struct bfd_link_info *info,
6736
                          bfd *input_bfd,
6737
                          asection *input_section,
6738
                          bfd_byte *contents,
6739
                          Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6740
                          Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6741
                          asection **local_sections)
6742
{
6743
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6744
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6745
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6746
  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6747
  Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6748
  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
6749
  asection *got2, *sreloc = NULL;
6750
  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
6751
  bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
6752
  bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (output_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
6753
  bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
6754
 
6755
#ifdef DEBUG
6756
  _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %B section %A, "
6757
                      "%ld relocations%s",
6758
                      input_bfd, input_section,
6759
                      (long) input_section->reloc_count,
6760
                      (info->relocatable) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6761
#endif
6762
 
6763
  got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
6764
 
6765
  /* Initialize howto table if not already done.  */
6766
  if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
6767
    ppc_elf_howto_init ();
6768
 
6769
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6770
  local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
6771
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
6772
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
6773
  /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
6774
     specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
6775
  is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared
6776
                    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
6777
                                ".tls_vars"));
6778
  rel = relocs;
6779
  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
6780
  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
6781
    {
6782
      enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
6783
      bfd_vma addend;
6784
      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6785
      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6786
      asection *sec;
6787
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6788
      const char *sym_name;
6789
      reloc_howto_type *howto;
6790
      unsigned long r_symndx;
6791
      bfd_vma relocation;
6792
      bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
6793
      bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
6794
      bfd_boolean warned;
6795
      unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
6796
      struct plt_entry **ifunc;
6797
 
6798
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6799
      sym = NULL;
6800
      sec = NULL;
6801
      h = NULL;
6802
      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
6803
      warned = FALSE;
6804
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6805
 
6806
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6807
        {
6808
          sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
6809
          sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
6810
          sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
6811
 
6812
          relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
6813
        }
6814
      else
6815
        {
6816
          RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
6817
                                   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
6818
                                   h, sec, relocation,
6819
                                   unresolved_reloc, warned);
6820
 
6821
          sym_name = h->root.root.string;
6822
        }
6823
 
6824
      if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
6825
        {
6826
          /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
6827
             or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
6828
             section contents zeroed.  Avoid any special processing.  */
6829
          howto = NULL;
6830
          if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
6831
            howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
6832
          RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
6833
                                           rel, relend, howto, contents);
6834
        }
6835
 
6836
      if (info->relocatable)
6837
        {
6838
          if (got2 != NULL
6839
              && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6840
              && rel->r_addend >= 32768)
6841
            {
6842
              /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special.  If non-zero, the
6843
                 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.  */
6844
              rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
6845
            }
6846
          continue;
6847
        }
6848
 
6849
      /* TLS optimizations.  Replace instruction sequences and relocs
6850
         based on information we collected in tls_optimize.  We edit
6851
         RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
6852
         for the final instruction stream.  */
6853
      tls_mask = 0;
6854
      tls_gd = 0;
6855
      if (h != NULL)
6856
        tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
6857
      else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
6858
        {
6859
          struct plt_entry **local_plt;
6860
          char *lgot_masks;
6861
          local_plt
6862
            = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6863
          lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6864
          tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
6865
        }
6866
 
6867
      /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane.  */
6868
      if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3)    != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
6869
          || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
6870
          || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
6871
          || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
6872
          || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3)    != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
6873
          || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
6874
          || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
6875
          || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
6876
        abort ();
6877
      switch (r_type)
6878
        {
6879
        default:
6880
          break;
6881
 
6882
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
6883
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
6884
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
6885
              && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
6886
            {
6887
              bfd_vma insn;
6888
 
6889
              insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
6890
              insn &= 31 << 21;
6891
              insn |= 0x3c020000;       /* addis 0,2,0 */
6892
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
6893
              r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
6894
              rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
6895
            }
6896
          break;
6897
 
6898
        case R_PPC_TLS:
6899
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
6900
              && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
6901
            {
6902
              bfd_vma insn;
6903
 
6904
              insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
6905
              insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
6906
              if (insn == 0)
6907
                abort ();
6908
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
6909
              r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
6910
              rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
6911
 
6912
              /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
6913
                 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word.  */
6914
              rel->r_offset += d_offset;
6915
            }
6916
          break;
6917
 
6918
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
6919
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
6920
          tls_gd = TLS_TPRELGD;
6921
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
6922
            goto tls_gdld_hi;
6923
          break;
6924
 
6925
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
6926
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
6927
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
6928
            {
6929
            tls_gdld_hi:
6930
              if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
6931
                r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
6932
                          + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
6933
              else
6934
                {
6935
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
6936
                  rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
6937
                  r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
6938
                }
6939
              rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
6940
            }
6941
          break;
6942
 
6943
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
6944
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
6945
          tls_gd = TLS_TPRELGD;
6946
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
6947
            goto tls_ldgd_opt;
6948
          break;
6949
 
6950
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
6951
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
6952
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
6953
            {
6954
              unsigned int insn1, insn2;
6955
              bfd_vma offset;
6956
 
6957
            tls_ldgd_opt:
6958
              offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
6959
              /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
6960
                 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
6961
                 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
6962
                 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
6963
                 the current reloc.  Edit both insns.  */
6964
              if (input_section->has_tls_get_addr_call
6965
                  && rel + 1 < relend
6966
                  && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
6967
                                              htab->tls_get_addr))
6968
                offset = rel[1].r_offset;
6969
              if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
6970
                {
6971
                  /* IE */
6972
                  insn1 = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd,
6973
                                      contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
6974
                  insn1 &= (1 << 26) - 1;
6975
                  insn1 |= 32 << 26;    /* lwz */
6976
                  if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6977
                    {
6978
                      rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
6979
                      insn2 = 0x7c631214;       /* add 3,3,2 */
6980
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
6981
                    }
6982
                  r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
6983
                            + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
6984
                  rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
6985
                }
6986
              else
6987
                {
6988
                  /* LE */
6989
                  insn1 = 0x3c620000;   /* addis 3,2,0 */
6990
                  if (tls_gd == 0)
6991
                    {
6992
                      /* Was an LD reloc.  */
6993
                      for (r_symndx = 0;
6994
                           r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6995
                           r_symndx++)
6996
                        if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
6997
                          break;
6998
                      if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6999
                        r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7000
                      rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7001
                      if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7002
                        rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7003
                                          + sec->output_offset
7004
                                          + sec->output_section->vma);
7005
                    }
7006
                  r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7007
                  rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7008
                  if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7009
                    {
7010
                      rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7011
                      rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
7012
                      rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7013
                      insn2 = 0x38630000;       /* addi 3,3,0 */
7014
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7015
                    }
7016
                }
7017
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn1,
7018
                          contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7019
              if (tls_gd == 0)
7020
                {
7021
                  /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc.  Start over
7022
                     in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right.  */
7023
                  rel--;
7024
                  continue;
7025
                }
7026
            }
7027
          break;
7028
 
7029
        case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7030
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7031
            {
7032
              unsigned int insn2;
7033
              bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
7034
 
7035
              if ((tls_mask & TLS_TPRELGD) != 0)
7036
                {
7037
                  /* IE */
7038
                  r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7039
                  insn2 = 0x7c631214;   /* add 3,3,2 */
7040
                }
7041
              else
7042
                {
7043
                  /* LE */
7044
                  r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7045
                  rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7046
                  insn2 = 0x38630000;   /* addi 3,3,0 */
7047
                }
7048
              rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7049
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7050
              /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too.  */
7051
              BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7052
              rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7053
            }
7054
          break;
7055
 
7056
        case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7057
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7058
            {
7059
              unsigned int insn2;
7060
 
7061
              for (r_symndx = 0;
7062
                   r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7063
                   r_symndx++)
7064
                if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7065
                  break;
7066
              if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7067
                r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7068
              rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7069
              if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7070
                rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7071
                                  + sec->output_offset
7072
                                  + sec->output_section->vma);
7073
 
7074
              rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7075
              rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7076
              insn2 = 0x38630000;       /* addi 3,3,0 */
7077
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2,
7078
                          contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7079
              /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too.  */
7080
              BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7081
              rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7082
              rel--;
7083
              continue;
7084
            }
7085
          break;
7086
        }
7087
 
7088
      /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn.  */
7089
      branch_bit = 0;
7090
      switch (r_type)
7091
        {
7092
        default:
7093
          break;
7094
 
7095
          /* Branch taken prediction relocations.  */
7096
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7097
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7098
          branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7099
          /* Fall thru */
7100
 
7101
          /* Branch not taken prediction relocations.  */
7102
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7103
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7104
          {
7105
            bfd_vma insn;
7106
 
7107
            insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7108
            insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7109
            insn |= branch_bit;
7110
 
7111
            from = (rel->r_offset
7112
                    + input_section->output_offset
7113
                    + input_section->output_section->vma);
7114
 
7115
            /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default.  */
7116
            if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
7117
              insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7118
 
7119
            bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7120
            break;
7121
          }
7122
        }
7123
 
7124
      ifunc = NULL;
7125
      if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7126
        {
7127
          struct plt_entry *ent;
7128
 
7129
          if (h != NULL)
7130
            {
7131
              if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7132
                ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
7133
            }
7134
          else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
7135
                   && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7136
            {
7137
              struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7138
 
7139
              local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
7140
                                                 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7141
              ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
7142
            }
7143
 
7144
          ent = NULL;
7145
          if (ifunc != NULL
7146
              && (!info->shared
7147
                  || is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
7148
            {
7149
              addend = 0;
7150
              if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && info->shared)
7151
                addend = rel->r_addend;
7152
              ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
7153
            }
7154
          if (ent != NULL)
7155
            {
7156
              if (h == NULL && (ent->plt.offset & 1) == 0)
7157
                {
7158
                  Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
7159
                  bfd_byte *loc;
7160
 
7161
                  rela.r_offset = (htab->iplt->output_section->vma
7162
                                   + htab->iplt->output_offset
7163
                                   + ent->plt.offset);
7164
                  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7165
                  rela.r_addend = relocation;
7166
                  loc = htab->reliplt->contents;
7167
                  loc += (htab->reliplt->reloc_count++
7168
                          * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7169
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
7170
 
7171
                  ent->plt.offset |= 1;
7172
                }
7173
              if (h == NULL && (ent->glink_offset & 1) == 0)
7174
                {
7175
                  unsigned char *p = ((unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents
7176
                                      + ent->glink_offset);
7177
                  write_glink_stub (ent, htab->iplt, p, info);
7178
                  ent->glink_offset |= 1;
7179
                }
7180
 
7181
              unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7182
              if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
7183
                  || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7184
                  || h == NULL)
7185
                relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7186
                              + htab->glink->output_offset
7187
                              + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
7188
              else
7189
                relocation = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
7190
                              + htab->plt->output_offset
7191
                              + ent->plt.offset);
7192
            }
7193
        }
7194
 
7195
      addend = rel->r_addend;
7196
      tls_type = 0;
7197
      howto = NULL;
7198
      if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7199
        howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7200
      switch (r_type)
7201
        {
7202
        default:
7203
          info->callbacks->einfo
7204
            (_("%B: unknown relocation type %d for symbol %s\n"),
7205
             input_bfd, (int) r_type, sym_name);
7206
 
7207
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7208
          ret = FALSE;
7209
          continue;
7210
 
7211
        case R_PPC_NONE:
7212
        case R_PPC_TLS:
7213
        case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7214
        case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7215
        case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
7216
        case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7217
        case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
7218
          continue;
7219
 
7220
          /* GOT16 relocations.  Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7221
             address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7222
             symbol's value itself.  Also, create a GOT entry for the
7223
             symbol and put the symbol value there.  */
7224
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7225
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7226
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7227
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7228
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7229
          goto dogot;
7230
 
7231
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7232
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7233
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7234
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7235
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7236
          goto dogot;
7237
 
7238
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7239
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7240
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7241
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7242
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7243
          goto dogot;
7244
 
7245
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
7246
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
7247
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
7248
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
7249
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7250
          goto dogot;
7251
 
7252
        case R_PPC_GOT16:
7253
        case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
7254
        case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
7255
        case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
7256
          tls_mask = 0;
7257
        dogot:
7258
          {
7259
            /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7260
               offset table.  */
7261
            bfd_vma off;
7262
            bfd_vma *offp;
7263
            unsigned long indx;
7264
 
7265
            if (htab->got == NULL)
7266
              abort ();
7267
 
7268
            indx = 0;
7269
            if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
7270
                && (h == NULL
7271
                    || !h->def_dynamic))
7272
              offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
7273
            else if (h != NULL)
7274
              {
7275
                bfd_boolean dyn;
7276
                dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
7277
                if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
7278
                    || (info->shared
7279
                        && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
7280
                  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7281
                     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7282
                     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7283
                     because of a version file.  */
7284
                  ;
7285
                else
7286
                  {
7287
                    indx = h->dynindx;
7288
                    unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7289
                  }
7290
                offp = &h->got.offset;
7291
              }
7292
            else
7293
              {
7294
                if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
7295
                  abort ();
7296
                offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
7297
              }
7298
 
7299
            /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use the
7300
               least significant bit to record whether we have already
7301
               processed this entry.  */
7302
            off = *offp;
7303
            if ((off & 1) != 0)
7304
              off &= ~1;
7305
            else
7306
              {
7307
                unsigned int tls_m = (tls_mask
7308
                                      & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
7309
                                         | TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD));
7310
 
7311
                if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
7312
                  tls_m = TLS_LD;
7313
                else if (h == NULL
7314
                         || !h->def_dynamic)
7315
                  tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7316
 
7317
                /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7318
                   Initialize them all.  */
7319
                do
7320
                  {
7321
                    int tls_ty = 0;
7322
 
7323
                    if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
7324
                      {
7325
                        tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7326
                        tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7327
                      }
7328
                    else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
7329
                      {
7330
                        tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7331
                        tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
7332
                      }
7333
                    else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7334
                      {
7335
                        tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7336
                        tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
7337
                      }
7338
                    else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0)
7339
                      {
7340
                        tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7341
                        tls_m = 0;
7342
                      }
7343
 
7344
                    /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker.  */
7345
                    if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
7346
                        && (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset
7347
                            || h == NULL
7348
                            || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
7349
                            || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
7350
                      {
7351
                        asection *rsec = htab->relgot;
7352
                        bfd_byte * loc;
7353
 
7354
                        outrel.r_offset = (htab->got->output_section->vma
7355
                                           + htab->got->output_offset
7356
                                           + off);
7357
                        outrel.r_addend = 0;
7358
                        if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7359
                          {
7360
                            outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
7361
                            if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7362
                              {
7363
                                loc = rsec->contents;
7364
                                loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7365
                                        * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7366
                                bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
7367
                                                           &outrel, loc);
7368
                                outrel.r_offset += 4;
7369
                                outrel.r_info
7370
                                  = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7371
                              }
7372
                          }
7373
                        else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7374
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7375
                        else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7376
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
7377
                        else if (indx != 0)
7378
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
7379
                        else if (ifunc != NULL)
7380
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7381
                        else
7382
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7383
                        if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7384
                          {
7385
                            outrel.r_addend += relocation;
7386
                            if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
7387
                              outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
7388
                          }
7389
                        loc = rsec->contents;
7390
                        loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7391
                                * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7392
                        bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
7393
                      }
7394
 
7395
                    /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7396
                       emitting a reloc.  */
7397
                    else
7398
                      {
7399
                        bfd_vma value = relocation;
7400
 
7401
                        if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7402
                          value = 1;
7403
                        else if (tls_ty != 0)
7404
                          {
7405
                            value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7406
                            if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7407
                              value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
7408
 
7409
                            if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7410
                              {
7411
                                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value,
7412
                                            htab->got->contents + off + 4);
7413
                                value = 1;
7414
                              }
7415
                          }
7416
                        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value,
7417
                                    htab->got->contents + off);
7418
                      }
7419
 
7420
                    off += 4;
7421
                    if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7422
                      off += 4;
7423
                  }
7424
                while (tls_m != 0);
7425
 
7426
                off = *offp;
7427
                *offp = off | 1;
7428
              }
7429
 
7430
            if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
7431
              abort ();
7432
 
7433
            if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
7434
              {
7435
                if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7436
                  {
7437
                    if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
7438
                        && !(h == NULL
7439
                             || !h->def_dynamic))
7440
                      off += 8;
7441
                    if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7442
                      {
7443
                        if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
7444
                          off += 8;
7445
                        if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7446
                          {
7447
                            if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7448
                              off += 4;
7449
                          }
7450
                      }
7451
                  }
7452
              }
7453
 
7454
            relocation = (htab->got->output_section->vma
7455
                          + htab->got->output_offset
7456
                          + off
7457
                          - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
7458
 
7459
            /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7460
               x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7461
               generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7462
               got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m.  */
7463
            if (addend != 0)
7464
              info->callbacks->einfo
7465
                (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7466
                 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7467
                 howto->name,
7468
                 sym_name);
7469
          }
7470
        break;
7471
 
7472
        /* Relocations that need no special processing.  */
7473
        case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
7474
          /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7475
             at a symbol not in this object.  */
7476
          if (unresolved_reloc)
7477
            {
7478
              if (! (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
7479
                                                          h->root.root.string,
7480
                                                          input_bfd,
7481
                                                          input_section,
7482
                                                          rel->r_offset,
7483
                                                          TRUE))
7484
                return FALSE;
7485
              continue;
7486
            }
7487
          break;
7488
 
7489
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
7490
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
7491
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
7492
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
7493
          addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7494
          break;
7495
 
7496
          /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7497
             object.  */
7498
        case R_PPC_TPREL16:
7499
        case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
7500
        case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
7501
        case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
7502
          if (h != NULL
7503
              && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7504
              && h->dynindx == -1)
7505
            {
7506
              /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
7507
                 resolve to zero.  This is really just a tweak, since
7508
                 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
7509
                 defined before using them.  */
7510
              bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
7511
              unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, p);
7512
              insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
7513
              if (insn != 0)
7514
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, p);
7515
              break;
7516
            }
7517
          addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
7518
          /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
7519
             libs as they will result in DT_TEXTREL being set, but
7520
             support them anyway.  */
7521
          goto dodyn;
7522
 
7523
        case R_PPC_TPREL32:
7524
          addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
7525
          goto dodyn;
7526
 
7527
        case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
7528
          addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7529
          goto dodyn;
7530
 
7531
        case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
7532
          relocation = 1;
7533
          addend = 0;
7534
          goto dodyn;
7535
 
7536
        case R_PPC_REL16:
7537
        case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
7538
        case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
7539
        case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
7540
          break;
7541
 
7542
        case R_PPC_REL32:
7543
          if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
7544
            break;
7545
          /* fall through */
7546
 
7547
        case R_PPC_ADDR32:
7548
        case R_PPC_ADDR16:
7549
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
7550
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
7551
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
7552
        case R_PPC_UADDR32:
7553
        case R_PPC_UADDR16:
7554
          goto dodyn;
7555
 
7556
        case R_PPC_REL24:
7557
        case R_PPC_REL14:
7558
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7559
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7560
          /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
7561
             handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker.  */
7562
          if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
7563
              || h == htab->elf.hgot)
7564
            break;
7565
          /* fall through */
7566
 
7567
        case R_PPC_ADDR24:
7568
        case R_PPC_ADDR14:
7569
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7570
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7571
          if (h != NULL && !info->shared)
7572
            break;
7573
          /* fall through */
7574
 
7575
        dodyn:
7576
          if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
7577
              || is_vxworks_tls)
7578
            break;
7579
 
7580
          if ((info->shared
7581
               && !(h != NULL
7582
                    && ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
7583
                         && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_HIDDEN
7584
                             || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_INTERNAL))
7585
                        || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7586
                            && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)))
7587
               && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
7588
                   || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
7589
              || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7590
                  && !info->shared
7591
                  && h != NULL
7592
                  && h->dynindx != -1
7593
                  && !h->non_got_ref
7594
                  && !h->def_regular))
7595
            {
7596
              int skip;
7597
              bfd_byte * loc;
7598
#ifdef DEBUG
7599
              fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
7600
                       "create relocation for %s\n",
7601
                       (h && h->root.root.string
7602
                        ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
7603
#endif
7604
 
7605
              /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
7606
                 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
7607
                 time.  */
7608
              if (sreloc == NULL)
7609
                {
7610
                  sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
7611
                  if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
7612
                    sreloc = htab->reliplt;
7613
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
7614
                    return FALSE;
7615
                }
7616
 
7617
              skip = 0;
7618
              outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
7619
                                                         input_section,
7620
                                                         rel->r_offset);
7621
              if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
7622
                  || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
7623
                skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
7624
              outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
7625
                                  + input_section->output_offset);
7626
 
7627
              if (skip)
7628
                memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
7629
              else if ((h != NULL
7630
                        && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
7631
                            || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
7632
                       || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7633
                {
7634
                  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7635
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
7636
                  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7637
                }
7638
              else
7639
                {
7640
                  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
7641
 
7642
                  if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
7643
                    {
7644
                      long indx = 0;
7645
 
7646
                      if (ifunc != NULL)
7647
                        {
7648
                          /* If we get here when building a static
7649
                             executable, then the libc startup function
7650
                             responsible for applying indirect function
7651
                             relocations is going to complain about
7652
                             the reloc type.
7653
                             If we get here when building a dynamic
7654
                             executable, it will be because we have
7655
                             a text relocation.  The dynamic loader
7656
                             will set the text segment writable and
7657
                             non-executable to apply text relocations.
7658
                             So we'll segfault when trying to run the
7659
                             indirection function to resolve the reloc.  */
7660
                          info->callbacks->einfo
7661
                            (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
7662
                               "function %s unsupported\n"),
7663
                             input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7664
                             howto->name,
7665
                             sym_name);
7666
                          ret = FALSE;
7667
                        }
7668
                      else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
7669
                        ;
7670
                      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
7671
                        {
7672
                          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7673
                          ret = FALSE;
7674
                        }
7675
                      else
7676
                        {
7677
                          asection *osec;
7678
 
7679
                          /* We are turning this relocation into one
7680
                             against a section symbol.  It would be
7681
                             proper to subtract the symbol's value,
7682
                             osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
7683
                             but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
7684
                             FIXME: Why not always use a zero index?  */
7685
                          osec = sec->output_section;
7686
                          indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
7687
                          if (indx == 0)
7688
                            {
7689
                              osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
7690
                              indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
7691
                            }
7692
                          BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
7693
#ifdef DEBUG
7694
                          if (indx == 0)
7695
                            printf ("indx=%ld section=%s flags=%08x name=%s\n",
7696
                                    indx, osec->name, osec->flags,
7697
                                    h->root.root.string);
7698
#endif
7699
                        }
7700
 
7701
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
7702
                    }
7703
                  else if (ifunc != NULL)
7704
                    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7705
                  else
7706
                    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7707
                }
7708
 
7709
              loc = sreloc->contents;
7710
              loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7711
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
7712
 
7713
              if (skip == -1)
7714
                continue;
7715
 
7716
              /* This reloc will be computed at runtime.  We clear the memory
7717
                 so that it contains predictable value.  */
7718
              if (! skip
7719
                  && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
7720
                      || ELF32_R_TYPE (outrel.r_info) != R_PPC_RELATIVE))
7721
                {
7722
                  relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
7723
                  addend = 0;
7724
                  break;
7725
                }
7726
            }
7727
          break;
7728
 
7729
        case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
7730
        case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
7731
          if (h != NULL)
7732
            {
7733
              struct plt_entry *ent;
7734
              bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
7735
 
7736
              if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
7737
                {
7738
                  if (info->shared)
7739
                    got2_addend = addend;
7740
                  addend = 0;
7741
                }
7742
              ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
7743
              if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
7744
                relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7745
                              + htab->glink->output_offset
7746
                              + ent->glink_offset);
7747
              else
7748
                relocation = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
7749
                              + htab->plt->output_offset
7750
                              + ent->plt.offset);
7751
            }
7752
          /* Fall thru */
7753
 
7754
        case R_PPC_RELAX:
7755
          if (info->shared)
7756
            relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
7757
                           + input_section->output_offset
7758
                           + rel->r_offset - 4);
7759
 
7760
          {
7761
            unsigned long t0;
7762
            unsigned long t1;
7763
 
7764
            t0 = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7765
            t1 = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
7766
 
7767
            /* We're clearing the bits for R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
7768
               and R_PPC_ADDR16_LO here.  */
7769
            t0 &= ~0xffff;
7770
            t1 &= ~0xffff;
7771
 
7772
            /* t0 is HA, t1 is LO */
7773
            relocation += addend;
7774
            t0 |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7775
            t1 |= relocation & 0xffff;
7776
 
7777
            bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, t0, contents + rel->r_offset);
7778
            bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, t1, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
7779
 
7780
            /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
7781
               relocs to describe this relocation.  */
7782
            BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
7783
            /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
7784
            rel[0].r_offset += 2;
7785
            memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
7786
            rel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
7787
            rel[1].r_offset += 4;
7788
            rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
7789
            rel++;
7790
          }
7791
          continue;
7792
 
7793
          /* Indirect .sdata relocation.  */
7794
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
7795
          BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
7796
          if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
7797
            {
7798
              unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7799
              break;
7800
            }
7801
          relocation
7802
            = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
7803
                                                 h, relocation, rel);
7804
          addend = 0;
7805
          break;
7806
 
7807
          /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation.  */
7808
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
7809
          BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
7810
          if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
7811
            {
7812
              unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7813
              break;
7814
            }
7815
          relocation
7816
            = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
7817
                                                 h, relocation, rel);
7818
          addend = 0;
7819
          break;
7820
 
7821
          /* Handle the TOC16 reloc.  We want to use the offset within the .got
7822
             section, not the actual VMA.  This is appropriate when generating
7823
             an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
7824
             AIX .toc section.  */
7825
        case R_PPC_TOC16:                       /* phony GOT16 relocations */
7826
          if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
7827
            {
7828
              unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7829
              break;
7830
            }
7831
          BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".got") == 0
7832
                      || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".cgot") == 0);
7833
 
7834
          addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
7835
          break;
7836
 
7837
        case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
7838
          if (h == NULL || ifunc != NULL)
7839
            break;
7840
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
7841
             procedure linkage table.  */
7842
          {
7843
            struct plt_entry *ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
7844
                                                  info->shared ? addend : 0);
7845
            addend = 0;
7846
            if (ent == NULL
7847
                || htab->plt == NULL)
7848
              {
7849
                /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
7850
                   happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
7851
                   using -Bsymbolic.  */
7852
                break;
7853
              }
7854
 
7855
            unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7856
            if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
7857
              relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7858
                            + htab->glink->output_offset
7859
                            + ent->glink_offset);
7860
            else
7861
              relocation = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
7862
                            + htab->plt->output_offset
7863
                            + ent->plt.offset);
7864
          }
7865
          break;
7866
 
7867
          /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_.  */
7868
        case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
7869
          {
7870
            const char *name;
7871
            struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
7872
 
7873
            if (sec == NULL
7874
                || sec->output_section == NULL
7875
                || !is_static_defined (sda))
7876
              {
7877
                unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7878
                break;
7879
              }
7880
            addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
7881
 
7882
            name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec->output_section);
7883
            if (! ((CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata")
7884
                    && (name[6] == 0 || name[6] == '.'))
7885
                   || (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss")
7886
                       && (name[5] == 0 || name[5] == '.'))))
7887
              {
7888
                info->callbacks->einfo
7889
                  (_("%B: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
7890
                     "in the wrong output section (%s)\n"),
7891
                   input_bfd,
7892
                   sym_name,
7893
                   howto->name,
7894
                   name);
7895
              }
7896
          }
7897
          break;
7898
 
7899
          /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_.  */
7900
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
7901
          {
7902
            const char *name;
7903
            struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
7904
 
7905
            if (sec == NULL
7906
                || sec->output_section == NULL
7907
                || !is_static_defined (sda))
7908
              {
7909
                unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7910
                break;
7911
              }
7912
            addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
7913
 
7914
            name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec->output_section);
7915
            if (! (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata2")
7916
                   || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss2")))
7917
              {
7918
                info->callbacks->einfo
7919
                  (_("%B: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
7920
                     "in the wrong output section (%s)\n"),
7921
                   input_bfd,
7922
                   sym_name,
7923
                   howto->name,
7924
                   name);
7925
              }
7926
          }
7927
          break;
7928
 
7929
          /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0.  */
7930
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
7931
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
7932
          {
7933
            const char *name;
7934
            int reg;
7935
            struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
7936
 
7937
            if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
7938
              {
7939
                unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7940
                break;
7941
              }
7942
 
7943
            name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec->output_section);
7944
            if (((CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata")
7945
                  && (name[6] == 0 || name[6] == '.'))
7946
                 || (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss")
7947
                     && (name[5] == 0 || name[5] == '.'))))
7948
              {
7949
                reg = 13;
7950
                sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
7951
              }
7952
            else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata2")
7953
                     || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss2"))
7954
              {
7955
                reg = 2;
7956
                sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
7957
              }
7958
            else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
7959
                     || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
7960
              {
7961
                reg = 0;
7962
              }
7963
            else
7964
              {
7965
                info->callbacks->einfo
7966
                  (_("%B: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
7967
                     "in the wrong output section (%s)\n"),
7968
                   input_bfd,
7969
                   sym_name,
7970
                   howto->name,
7971
                   name);
7972
 
7973
                bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7974
                ret = FALSE;
7975
                continue;
7976
              }
7977
 
7978
            if (sda != NULL)
7979
              {
7980
                if (!is_static_defined (sda))
7981
                  {
7982
                    unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7983
                    break;
7984
                  }
7985
                addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
7986
              }
7987
 
7988
            if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
7989
              {
7990
                bfd_vma insn;  /* Fill in register field.  */
7991
 
7992
                insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7993
                insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
7994
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7995
              }
7996
          }
7997
          break;
7998
 
7999
          /* Relocate against the beginning of the section.  */
8000
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8001
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8002
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
8003
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8004
          if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8005
            {
8006
              unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8007
              break;
8008
            }
8009
          addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
8010
          break;
8011
 
8012
          /* Negative relocations.  */
8013
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
8014
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
8015
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
8016
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
8017
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8018
          addend -= 2 * relocation;
8019
          break;
8020
 
8021
        case R_PPC_COPY:
8022
        case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
8023
        case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8024
        case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8025
        case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
8026
        case R_PPC_PLT32:
8027
        case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
8028
        case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8029
        case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
8030
        case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8031
        case R_PPC_ADDR30:
8032
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
8033
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
8034
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
8035
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8036
        case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
8037
          info->callbacks->einfo
8038
            (_("%B: relocation %s is not yet supported for symbol %s\n"),
8039
             input_bfd,
8040
             howto->name,
8041
             sym_name);
8042
 
8043
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8044
          ret = FALSE;
8045
          continue;
8046
        }
8047
 
8048
      /* Do any further special processing.  */
8049
      switch (r_type)
8050
        {
8051
        default:
8052
          break;
8053
 
8054
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8055
        case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8056
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8057
        case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8058
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8059
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8060
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8061
          /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8062
             that's not actually defined anywhere.  In that case,
8063
             'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8064
             alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link).  */
8065
          if (sec == NULL)
8066
            break;
8067
          /* Fall thru */
8068
 
8069
        case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8070
        case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
8071
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8072
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8073
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8074
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8075
          /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8076
             Bits 0:15 are not used.  */
8077
          addend += 0x8000;
8078
          break;
8079
        }
8080
 
8081
#ifdef DEBUG
8082
      fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8083
               "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8084
               howto->name,
8085
               (int) r_type,
8086
               sym_name,
8087
               r_symndx,
8088
               (long) rel->r_offset,
8089
               (long) addend);
8090
#endif
8091
 
8092
      if (unresolved_reloc
8093
          && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
8094
               && h->def_dynamic))
8095
        {
8096
          info->callbacks->einfo
8097
            (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8098
             input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8099
             howto->name,
8100
             sym_name);
8101
          ret = FALSE;
8102
        }
8103
 
8104
      r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto,
8105
                                    input_bfd,
8106
                                    input_section,
8107
                                    contents,
8108
                                    rel->r_offset,
8109
                                    relocation,
8110
                                    addend);
8111
 
8112
      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
8113
        {
8114
          if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
8115
            {
8116
              if (warned)
8117
                continue;
8118
              if (h != NULL
8119
                  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8120
                  && howto->pc_relative)
8121
                {
8122
                  /* Assume this is a call protected by other code that
8123
                     detect the symbol is undefined.  If this is the case,
8124
                     we can safely ignore the overflow.  If not, the
8125
                     program is hosed anyway, and a little warning isn't
8126
                     going to help.  */
8127
 
8128
                  continue;
8129
                }
8130
 
8131
              if (! (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) (info,
8132
                                                        (h ? &h->root : NULL),
8133
                                                        sym_name,
8134
                                                        howto->name,
8135
                                                        rel->r_addend,
8136
                                                        input_bfd,
8137
                                                        input_section,
8138
                                                        rel->r_offset))
8139
                return FALSE;
8140
            }
8141
          else
8142
            {
8143
              info->callbacks->einfo
8144
                (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
8145
                 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8146
                 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
8147
              ret = FALSE;
8148
            }
8149
        }
8150
    }
8151
 
8152
#ifdef DEBUG
8153
  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
8154
#endif
8155
 
8156
  return ret;
8157
}
8158
 
8159
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
8160
   dynamic sections here.  */
8161
 
8162
static bfd_boolean
8163
ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
8164
                               struct bfd_link_info *info,
8165
                               struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
8166
                               Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
8167
{
8168
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8169
  struct plt_entry *ent;
8170
  bfd_boolean doneone;
8171
 
8172
#ifdef DEBUG
8173
  fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
8174
           h->root.root.string);
8175
#endif
8176
 
8177
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
8178
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
8179
 
8180
  doneone = FALSE;
8181
  for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
8182
    if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8183
      {
8184
        if (!doneone)
8185
          {
8186
            Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
8187
            bfd_byte *loc;
8188
            bfd_vma reloc_index;
8189
 
8190
            if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
8191
                || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8192
                || h->dynindx == -1)
8193
              reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
8194
            else
8195
              {
8196
                reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
8197
                               / htab->plt_slot_size);
8198
                if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
8199
                    && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
8200
                  reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
8201
              }
8202
 
8203
            /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
8204
               Set it up.  */
8205
            if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS
8206
                && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8207
                && h->dynindx != -1)
8208
              {
8209
                bfd_vma got_offset;
8210
                const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
8211
 
8212
                /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved.  */
8213
                got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
8214
 
8215
                /* Use the right PLT. */
8216
                plt_entry = info->shared ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
8217
                            : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
8218
 
8219
                /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks.  */
8220
                if (info->shared)
8221
                  {
8222
                    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8223
                                plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
8224
                                htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
8225
                    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8226
                                plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
8227
                                htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
8228
                  }
8229
                else
8230
                  {
8231
                    bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8232
 
8233
                    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8234
                                plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
8235
                                htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
8236
                    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8237
                                plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
8238
                                htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
8239
                  }
8240
 
8241
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
8242
                            htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
8243
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
8244
                            htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
8245
 
8246
                /* This instruction is an immediate load.  The value loaded is
8247
                   the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
8248
                   start of the .rela.plt section.  The value is stored in the
8249
                   low-order 16 bits of the load instruction.  */
8250
                /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
8251
                   prescaled offset.  */
8252
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8253
                            plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
8254
                            htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
8255
                /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
8256
                   the start of the PLT section.  The address of this branch
8257
                   instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
8258
                   The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive.  The value
8259
                   stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
8260
                   offset.  */
8261
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8262
                            (plt_entry[5]
8263
                             | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
8264
                            htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
8265
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
8266
                            htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
8267
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
8268
                            htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
8269
 
8270
                /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
8271
                   the address immediately after the the "bctr" instruction
8272
                   in this PLT entry.  */
8273
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (htab->plt->output_section->vma
8274
                                         + htab->plt->output_offset
8275
                                         + ent->plt.offset + 16),
8276
                            htab->sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
8277
 
8278
                if (!info->shared)
8279
                  {
8280
                    /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded.  */
8281
                    loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
8282
                      + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
8283
                          * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
8284
                         * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
8285
 
8286
                    /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction.  */
8287
                    rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
8288
                                     + htab->plt->output_offset
8289
                                     + ent->plt.offset + 2);
8290
                    rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
8291
                                                R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8292
                    rela.r_addend = got_offset;
8293
                    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8294
                    loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8295
 
8296
                    /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction.  */
8297
                    rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
8298
                                     + htab->plt->output_offset
8299
                                     + ent->plt.offset + 6);
8300
                    rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
8301
                                                R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8302
                    rela.r_addend = got_offset;
8303
                    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8304
                    loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8305
 
8306
                    /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
8307
                       PLT slot.  Point it at the middle of the .plt entry.  */
8308
                    rela.r_offset = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
8309
                                     + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
8310
                                     + got_offset);
8311
                    rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
8312
                                                R_PPC_ADDR32);
8313
                    rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
8314
                    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8315
                  }
8316
 
8317
                /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
8318
                   In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
8319
                   address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
8320
                   by the ABI.  Instead, the offset is set to the address of
8321
                   the GOT slot for this function.  See EABI 4.4.4.1.  */
8322
                rela.r_offset = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
8323
                                 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
8324
                                 + got_offset);
8325
 
8326
              }
8327
            else
8328
              {
8329
                asection *splt = htab->plt;
8330
                if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8331
                    || h->dynindx == -1)
8332
                  splt = htab->iplt;
8333
 
8334
                rela.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
8335
                                 + splt->output_offset
8336
                                 + ent->plt.offset);
8337
                if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
8338
                    || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8339
                    || h->dynindx == -1)
8340
                  {
8341
                    /* We don't need to fill in the .plt.  The ppc dynamic
8342
                       linker will fill it in.  */
8343
                  }
8344
                else
8345
                  {
8346
                    bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
8347
                                   + htab->glink->output_section->vma
8348
                                   + htab->glink->output_offset);
8349
                    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val,
8350
                                splt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
8351
                  }
8352
              }
8353
 
8354
            /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
8355
            rela.r_addend = 0;
8356
            if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8357
                || h->dynindx == -1)
8358
              {
8359
                BFD_ASSERT (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
8360
                            && h->def_regular
8361
                            && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8362
                                || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
8363
                rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
8364
                rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
8365
              }
8366
            else
8367
              rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
8368
 
8369
            if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8370
                || h->dynindx == -1)
8371
              loc = (htab->reliplt->contents
8372
                     + (htab->reliplt->reloc_count++
8373
                        * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
8374
            else
8375
              loc = (htab->relplt->contents
8376
                     + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
8377
            bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8378
 
8379
            if (!h->def_regular)
8380
              {
8381
                /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
8382
                   defined in the .plt section.  Leave the value if
8383
                   there were any relocations where pointer equality
8384
                   matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
8385
                   make function pointer comparisons work between an
8386
                   application and shared library), otherwise set it
8387
                   to zero.  */
8388
                sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
8389
                if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
8390
                  sym->st_value = 0;
8391
                else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
8392
                  {
8393
                    /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
8394
                       that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
8395
                       function pointer.  */
8396
                    sym->st_value = 0;
8397
                  }
8398
              }
8399
            else if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
8400
                     && !info->shared)
8401
              {
8402
                /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
8403
                   executable to the glink entry.  This is to avoid
8404
                   text relocations.  We can't do this for ifunc in
8405
                   allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
8406
                   function symbols with plt entries, because we need
8407
                   to keep the original value around for the ifunc
8408
                   relocation.  */
8409
                sym->st_shndx = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8410
                                 (output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
8411
                sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
8412
                                 + htab->glink->output_offset
8413
                                 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
8414
              }
8415
            doneone = TRUE;
8416
          }
8417
 
8418
        if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
8419
            || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8420
            || h->dynindx == -1)
8421
          {
8422
            unsigned char *p;
8423
            asection *splt = htab->plt;
8424
            if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8425
                || h->dynindx == -1)
8426
              splt = htab->iplt;
8427
 
8428
            p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
8429
 
8430
            if (h == htab->tls_get_addr && !htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
8431
              {
8432
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
8433
                p += 4;
8434
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
8435
                p += 4;
8436
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
8437
                p += 4;
8438
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
8439
                p += 4;
8440
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
8441
                p += 4;
8442
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
8443
                p += 4;
8444
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
8445
                p += 4;
8446
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
8447
                p += 4;
8448
              }
8449
 
8450
            write_glink_stub (ent, splt, p, info);
8451
 
8452
            if (!info->shared)
8453
              /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub.  */
8454
              break;
8455
          }
8456
        else
8457
          break;
8458
      }
8459
 
8460
  if (h->needs_copy)
8461
    {
8462
      asection *s;
8463
      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
8464
      bfd_byte *loc;
8465
 
8466
      /* This symbols needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
8467
 
8468
#ifdef DEBUG
8469
      fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
8470
#endif
8471
 
8472
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
8473
 
8474
      if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
8475
        s = htab->relsbss;
8476
      else
8477
        s = htab->relbss;
8478
      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8479
 
8480
      rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
8481
      rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
8482
      rela.r_addend = 0;
8483
      loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8484
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8485
    }
8486
 
8487
#ifdef DEBUG
8488
  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
8489
#endif
8490
 
8491
  /* Mark some specially defined symbols as absolute.  */
8492
  if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
8493
      || (!htab->is_vxworks
8494
          && (h == htab->elf.hgot
8495
              || strcmp (h->root.root.string,
8496
                         "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_") == 0)))
8497
    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
8498
 
8499
  return TRUE;
8500
}
8501
 
8502
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
8503
ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
8504
{
8505
  switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
8506
    {
8507
    case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8508
      return reloc_class_relative;
8509
    case R_PPC_REL24:
8510
    case R_PPC_ADDR24:
8511
    case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8512
      return reloc_class_plt;
8513
    case R_PPC_COPY:
8514
      return reloc_class_copy;
8515
    default:
8516
      return reloc_class_normal;
8517
    }
8518
}
8519
 
8520
/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
8521
 
8522
static bfd_boolean
8523
ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8524
                                 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8525
{
8526
  asection *sdyn;
8527
  asection *splt;
8528
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8529
  bfd_vma got;
8530
  bfd *dynobj;
8531
  bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
8532
 
8533
#ifdef DEBUG
8534
  fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
8535
#endif
8536
 
8537
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
8538
  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8539
  sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
8540
  if (htab->is_vxworks)
8541
    splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
8542
  else
8543
    splt = NULL;
8544
 
8545
  got = 0;
8546
  if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
8547
    got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8548
 
8549
  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
8550
    {
8551
      Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
8552
 
8553
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
8554
 
8555
      dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
8556
      dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
8557
      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
8558
        {
8559
          Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
8560
          asection *s;
8561
 
8562
          bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
8563
 
8564
          switch (dyn.d_tag)
8565
            {
8566
            case DT_PLTGOT:
8567
              if (htab->is_vxworks)
8568
                s = htab->sgotplt;
8569
              else
8570
                s = htab->plt;
8571
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
8572
              break;
8573
 
8574
            case DT_PLTRELSZ:
8575
              dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->relplt->size;
8576
              break;
8577
 
8578
            case DT_JMPREL:
8579
              s = htab->relplt;
8580
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
8581
              break;
8582
 
8583
            case DT_PPC_GOT:
8584
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
8585
              break;
8586
 
8587
            case DT_RELASZ:
8588
              if (htab->is_vxworks)
8589
                {
8590
                  if (htab->relplt)
8591
                    dyn.d_un.d_ptr -= htab->relplt->size;
8592
                  break;
8593
                }
8594
              continue;
8595
 
8596
            default:
8597
              if (htab->is_vxworks
8598
                  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
8599
                break;
8600
              continue;
8601
            }
8602
 
8603
          bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
8604
        }
8605
    }
8606
 
8607
  if (htab->got != NULL)
8608
    {
8609
      if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->got
8610
          || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->sgotplt)
8611
        {
8612
          unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
8613
 
8614
          p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
8615
          if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
8616
            {
8617
              /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
8618
                 so that a function can easily find the address of
8619
                 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
8620
              BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
8621
                          < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
8622
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
8623
            }
8624
 
8625
          if (sdyn != NULL)
8626
            {
8627
              bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
8628
              BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
8629
                          < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
8630
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
8631
            }
8632
        }
8633
      else
8634
        {
8635
          info->callbacks->einfo (_("%s not defined in linker created %s\n"),
8636
                                  htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
8637
                                  (htab->sgotplt != NULL
8638
                                   ? htab->sgotplt->name : htab->got->name));
8639
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8640
          ret = FALSE;
8641
        }
8642
 
8643
      elf_section_data (htab->got->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
8644
    }
8645
 
8646
  /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table.  */
8647
  if (splt && splt->size > 0)
8648
    {
8649
      /* Use the right PLT. */
8650
      const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (info->shared
8651
                                  ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
8652
                                  : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
8653
 
8654
      if (!info->shared)
8655
        {
8656
          bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8657
 
8658
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
8659
                      splt->contents +  0);
8660
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
8661
                      splt->contents +  4);
8662
        }
8663
      else
8664
        {
8665
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents +  0);
8666
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents +  4);
8667
        }
8668
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents +  8);
8669
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
8670
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
8671
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
8672
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
8673
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
8674
 
8675
      if (! info->shared)
8676
        {
8677
          Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
8678
          bfd_byte *loc;
8679
 
8680
          loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
8681
 
8682
          /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction.  */
8683
          rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
8684
                           + htab->plt->output_offset
8685
                           + 2);
8686
          rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8687
          rela.r_addend = 0;
8688
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8689
          loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8690
 
8691
          /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction.  */
8692
          rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
8693
                           + htab->plt->output_offset
8694
                           + 6);
8695
          rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8696
          rela.r_addend = 0;
8697
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8698
          loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8699
 
8700
          /* Fix up the remaining relocations.  They may have the wrong
8701
             symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
8702
             in which symbols were output.  */
8703
          while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
8704
            {
8705
              Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
8706
 
8707
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
8708
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8709
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8710
              loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8711
 
8712
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
8713
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8714
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8715
              loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8716
 
8717
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
8718
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
8719
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8720
              loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8721
            }
8722
        }
8723
    }
8724
 
8725
  if (htab->glink != NULL
8726
      && htab->glink->contents != NULL
8727
      && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
8728
    {
8729
      unsigned char *p;
8730
      unsigned char *endp;
8731
      bfd_vma res0;
8732
      unsigned int i;
8733
 
8734
      /*
8735
       * PIC glink code is the following:
8736
       *
8737
       * # ith PLT code stub.
8738
       *   addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
8739
       *   lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
8740
       *   mtctr 11
8741
       *   bctr
8742
       *
8743
       * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
8744
       * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
8745
       * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
8746
       * res_0: b PLTresolve
8747
       * res_1: b PLTresolve
8748
       * .
8749
       * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
8750
       * res_n_m3: nop
8751
       * res_n_m2: nop
8752
       * res_n_m1:
8753
       *
8754
       * PLTresolve:
8755
       *    addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
8756
       *    mflr 0
8757
       *    bcl 20,31,1f
8758
       * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
8759
       *    mflr 12
8760
       *    mtlr 0
8761
       *    sub 11,11,12                # r11 = index * 4
8762
       *    addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
8763
       *    lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12)      # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
8764
       *    lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12)     # got[2] contains the map address
8765
       *    mtctr 0
8766
       *    add 0,11,11
8767
       *    add 11,0,11                 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
8768
       *    bctr
8769
       */
8770
      static const unsigned int pic_plt_resolve[] =
8771
        {
8772
          ADDIS_11_11,
8773
          MFLR_0,
8774
          BCL_20_31,
8775
          ADDI_11_11,
8776
          MFLR_12,
8777
          MTLR_0,
8778
          SUB_11_11_12,
8779
          ADDIS_12_12,
8780
          LWZ_0_12,
8781
          LWZ_12_12,
8782
          MTCTR_0,
8783
          ADD_0_11_11,
8784
          ADD_11_0_11,
8785
          BCTR,
8786
          NOP,
8787
          NOP
8788
        };
8789
 
8790
      /*
8791
       * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
8792
       *
8793
       * # ith PLT code stub.
8794
       *   lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
8795
       *   lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
8796
       *   mtctr 11
8797
       *   bctr
8798
       *
8799
       * The branch table is the same, then comes
8800
       *
8801
       * PLTresolve:
8802
       *    lis 12,(got+4)@ha
8803
       *    addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
8804
       *    lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12)         # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
8805
       *    addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l       # r11 = index * 4
8806
       *    mtctr 0
8807
       *    add 0,11,11
8808
       *    lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12)        # got[2] contains the map address
8809
       *    add 11,0,11                 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
8810
       *    bctr
8811
       */
8812
      static const unsigned int plt_resolve[] =
8813
        {
8814
          LIS_12,
8815
          ADDIS_11_11,
8816
          LWZ_0_12,
8817
          ADDI_11_11,
8818
          MTCTR_0,
8819
          ADD_0_11_11,
8820
          LWZ_12_12,
8821
          ADD_11_0_11,
8822
          BCTR,
8823
          NOP,
8824
          NOP,
8825
          NOP,
8826
          NOP,
8827
          NOP,
8828
          NOP,
8829
          NOP
8830
        };
8831
 
8832
      if (ARRAY_SIZE (pic_plt_resolve) != GLINK_PLTRESOLVE / 4)
8833
        abort ();
8834
      if (ARRAY_SIZE (plt_resolve) != GLINK_PLTRESOLVE / 4)
8835
        abort ();
8836
 
8837
      /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
8838
         and perhaps some padding.  */
8839
      p = htab->glink->contents;
8840
      p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
8841
      endp = htab->glink->contents;
8842
      endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
8843
      while (p < endp - 8 * 4)
8844
        {
8845
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
8846
          p += 4;
8847
        }
8848
      while (p < endp)
8849
        {
8850
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
8851
          p += 4;
8852
        }
8853
 
8854
      res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
8855
              + htab->glink->output_section->vma
8856
              + htab->glink->output_offset);
8857
 
8858
      /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub.  */
8859
      if (info->shared)
8860
        {
8861
          bfd_vma bcl;
8862
 
8863
          for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (pic_plt_resolve); i++)
8864
            {
8865
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, pic_plt_resolve[i], p);
8866
              p += 4;
8867
            }
8868
          p -= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (pic_plt_resolve);
8869
 
8870
          bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
8871
                 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
8872
                 + htab->glink->output_offset);
8873
 
8874
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8875
                      ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p + 0*4);
8876
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8877
                      ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p + 3*4);
8878
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8879
                      ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p + 7*4);
8880
          if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
8881
            {
8882
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8883
                          LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p + 8*4);
8884
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8885
                          LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p + 9*4);
8886
            }
8887
          else
8888
            {
8889
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8890
                          LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p + 8*4);
8891
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8892
                          LWZ_12_12 + 4, p + 9*4);
8893
            }
8894
        }
8895
      else
8896
        {
8897
          for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (plt_resolve); i++)
8898
            {
8899
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_resolve[i], p);
8900
              p += 4;
8901
            }
8902
          p -= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (plt_resolve);
8903
 
8904
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8905
                      LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p + 0*4);
8906
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8907
                      ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p + 1*4);
8908
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8909
                      ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p + 3*4);
8910
          if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
8911
            {
8912
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8913
                          LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p + 2*4);
8914
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8915
                          LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p + 6*4);
8916
            }
8917
          else
8918
            {
8919
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8920
                          LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p + 2*4);
8921
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8922
                          LWZ_12_12 + 4, p + 6*4);
8923
            }
8924
        }
8925
    }
8926
 
8927
  return ret;
8928
}
8929
 
8930
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM       bfd_elf32_powerpcle_vec
8931
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME      "elf32-powerpcle"
8932
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM          bfd_elf32_powerpc_vec
8933
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME         "elf32-powerpc"
8934
#define ELF_ARCH                bfd_arch_powerpc
8935
#define ELF_TARGET_ID           PPC32_ELF_DATA
8936
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE        EM_PPC
8937
#ifdef __QNXTARGET__
8938
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE         0x1000
8939
#else
8940
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE         0x10000
8941
#endif
8942
#define ELF_MINPAGESIZE         0x1000
8943
#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE      0x1000
8944
#define elf_info_to_howto       ppc_elf_info_to_howto
8945
 
8946
#ifdef  EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
8947
#define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1        EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
8948
#endif
8949
 
8950
#ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
8951
#define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2        EM_PPC_OLD
8952
#endif
8953
 
8954
#define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded      1
8955
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections     1
8956
#define elf_backend_can_refcount        1
8957
#define elf_backend_rela_normal         1
8958
 
8959
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject                      ppc_elf_mkobject
8960
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data    ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
8961
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section             ppc_elf_relax_section
8962
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup         ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
8963
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
8964
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags         ppc_elf_set_private_flags
8965
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create    ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
8966
#define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab          ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
8967
 
8968
#define elf_backend_object_p                    ppc_elf_object_p
8969
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook                ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
8970
#define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook               ppc_elf_gc_sweep_hook
8971
#define elf_backend_section_from_shdr           ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
8972
#define elf_backend_relocate_section            ppc_elf_relocate_section
8973
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections     ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
8974
#define elf_backend_check_relocs                ppc_elf_check_relocs
8975
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol        ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
8976
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol       ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
8977
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook             ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
8978
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections       ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
8979
#define elf_backend_hash_symbol                 ppc_elf_hash_symbol
8980
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol       ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
8981
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections     ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
8982
#define elf_backend_fake_sections               ppc_elf_fake_sections
8983
#define elf_backend_additional_program_headers  ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
8984
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus               ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
8985
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo                 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
8986
#define elf_backend_write_core_note             ppc_elf_write_core_note
8987
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class            ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
8988
#define elf_backend_begin_write_processing      ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
8989
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing      ppc_elf_final_write_processing
8990
#define elf_backend_write_section               ppc_elf_write_section
8991
#define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr           ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
8992
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val                 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
8993
#define elf_backend_action_discarded            ppc_elf_action_discarded
8994
#define elf_backend_init_index_section          _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
8995
#define elf_backend_post_process_headers        _bfd_elf_set_osabi
8996
 
8997
#include "elf32-target.h"
8998
 
8999
/* VxWorks Target */
9000
 
9001
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
9002
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
9003
 
9004
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
9005
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM          bfd_elf32_powerpc_vxworks_vec
9006
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
9007
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME         "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
9008
 
9009
/* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt.  */
9010
static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
9011
ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec)
9012
{
9013
  if (sec->name == NULL)
9014
    return NULL;
9015
 
9016
  if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
9017
    return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
9018
 
9019
  return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
9020
}
9021
 
9022
/* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
9023
   appropriately for VxWorks.  */
9024
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
9025
ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
9026
{
9027
  struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
9028
 
9029
  ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
9030
  if (ret)
9031
    {
9032
      struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
9033
        = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
9034
      htab->is_vxworks = 1;
9035
      htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
9036
      htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
9037
      htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
9038
      htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
9039
    }
9040
  return ret;
9041
}
9042
 
9043
/* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded.  */
9044
static bfd_boolean
9045
ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
9046
                                 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9047
                                 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9048
                                 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9049
                                 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9050
                                 asection **secp,
9051
                                 bfd_vma *valp)
9052
{
9053
  if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook(abfd, info, sym,namep, flagsp, secp,
9054
                                   valp))
9055
    return FALSE;
9056
 
9057
  return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook(abfd, info, sym,namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
9058
}
9059
 
9060
static void
9061
ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean linker)
9062
{
9063
  ppc_elf_final_write_processing(abfd, linker);
9064
  elf_vxworks_final_write_processing(abfd, linker);
9065
}
9066
 
9067
/* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
9068
   define it.  */
9069
#undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
9070
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym                1
9071
#undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
9072
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt                1
9073
#undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
9074
#define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset           0
9075
#undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
9076
#define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded              0
9077
#undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
9078
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly                1
9079
#undef elf_backend_got_header_size
9080
#define elf_backend_got_header_size             12
9081
 
9082
#undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
9083
 
9084
#undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
9085
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
9086
  ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
9087
#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
9088
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
9089
  ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
9090
#undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
9091
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
9092
  elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
9093
#undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
9094
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
9095
  ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
9096
#undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
9097
#define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
9098
  ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
9099
#undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
9100
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
9101
  elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
9102
 
9103
#undef elf32_bed
9104
#define elf32_bed                               ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
9105
#undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
9106
 
9107
#include "elf32-target.h"

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.